You are on page 1of 354

Quick Guide

Visual Table of Contents


Quick Guide
❙ Automatic air conditioning ( P192)
❙ Very flashing indicator (hazard switch)
❙ Honda Inter navi system ✤ ※ 1
❙ Meter ( P87)
❙ Warning light ( P62)
❙ Indicator light ( P73)

❙ ECON switch ( P223)


❙ Power sliding door switch ✤ ( P136)
❙ (VSA OFF) switch ( P228)
❙ CMBS OFF switch ✤ ( P248)
❙ CTBA OFF switch ✤ ( P240)
❙ (Idling stop system OFF) switch ✤ ( P219)

❙ Headlight leveling dial ✤


(P156)

❙ ETC on-board unit ✤ ※ 2

❙ Rear defroster icon / Heated door mirrors icon ✤

(P160)

❙ Accessory socket ( P185)


❙ USB terminal ✤ ※ 1
❙ HDMI ® Terminal ✤ ※ 1 ※ 1: Please refer to the separate "Honda Inter-navigation system". ※ 2: Please refer to
the separate "ETC on-board unit".
❙ Select lever ( P215) Quick Guide

❙ ENGINE START / STOP switch ✤ ( P147)


❙ Wiper / washer switch ( P157)
❙ Shift switch ✤ (Shift down) ( P217)

❙ Horn switch (peripheral)


❙ Cruise control switch ✤ ( P224)
❙ MAIN switch ✤ ※ 1
❙ Shift switch ✤ (Shift-up) ( P217)

❙ Light / direction indicator (winker) switch ( P152,


154)

❙ Fog light switch ✤ ( P155)


❙ Information () switch (/) ✤ 34
(P92)

❙ SEL / RESET switch ✤ ( P92)

❙ Engine switch ✤ ( P151)

❙ Handle position adjustment lever ( P160)


❙ Speech switch ✤ ※ 2
❙ Audio remote control switch ✤ ※ 2

※ 1: Please refer to the separate "ACC". ※ 2: Please refer to the separate "Honda
Inter-navigation system".

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 1
Visual Table of Contents
Quick Guide

❙ SRS air bag system (passenger


seat) ( P35)

❙ SRS air bag system (for driver's


seat) ( P35)

❙ Interior driver's side fuse box ( P322)

❙ Door mirror control switch


( P162)

❙ Power window switch ( P142)

❙ Seat heater switch ✤


(P189)

❙ Fuel lid opener ( P258)

❙ Bonnet release knob ( P267)


❙ Parking brake pedal ( P232)
❙ Lift-up tray ✤ ( P183)
❙ Indoor passenger side fuse box ( P324)
❙ Glove box ( P183)
❙ Flares ( P297)
2
❙ City brake active system ✤ ( P237) Quick Guide

❙ Front seat interior lights / map lamps ( P180, 181)


❙ Sun visor
❙ Vanity mirror
❙ Side curtain air bag system ✤ ( P40)
❙ The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤ / cooler ✤ ( P198, 200)
❙ Rear entertainment system ✤ ※
❙ Second seat interior lights / map lamps ( P181)
❙ Grab rail
❙ Coat hook ( P186)
❙ Third seat interior lights / map lamps
(P181)

❙ Seat belt ( P24)


❙ Tailgate lighting ( P182)

❙ Cargo space lighting (left) ( P182)

❙ Third seat ( P172)

❙ General-purpose ISOFIX child seat


fixing device
❙ A second sheet ( P167)
(P51)
❙ Side air bag system ✤ ( P38)
❙ Front seat ( P164)
※: Please refer to the separate "rear entertainment system".

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 3
Visual Table of Contents
Quick Guide

❙ Maintenance in the engine room ( P266)


❙ Wiper ( P157, 280)
❙ Headlight ( P154, 269)

❙ Door mirror ( P162)


❙ Door locking / unlocking
(P111)

❙ Opening and closing of the slide door ( P131)

❙ How refueling ( P258)


❙ Rear side lights ( P275)
❙ Blinker
(P152, 271, 273, 274)

❙ Tire ( P283, 298) ❙ Reversing lights ( P276)

❙ Fog lights ✤ ❙ High-mounted stop lamp ( P275)


(P155, 272)

❙ Opening and closing of the tailgate ( P130)

❙ Rear wide camera


system ✤ ※

❙ Taillight ( P275)
❙ Brake light / taillight ( P273)
※: Please refer to the separate "Honda Inter-navigation system".

Four
Eco Assist System
Quick Guide
Ambient Meter
• It displays the status of the operation. Depending on the state of the driving

operation, the color of the meter will change.

• Fuel-saving state: The color

green of the meter

Light green: gentle acceleration and deceleration state

white: rapid acceleration or deceleration state

Brake pedal, by the method of operation of the accelerator


pedal, the color of the meter will change.

ECON indicator ( P76)


Press the ECON switch, it lights up when

you ECON mode.

ECON switch ( P223)


And controlled so as to facilitate the energy-saving

operation.
Multi-information display vehicles

Pressing the ECON switch, it shows few seconds table the message.

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. Five
Idling stop system ✤
In order to improve fuel economy, or idling stop by the procedure described below, it is a system in which the engine is automatically restarted. When you are idling stop,
Quick Guide
idling stop indicator lamp in the meter (green) lights up. ( P219)

Running state Operation of the automatic car State of operation after the engine

Stop and step on the brake pedal.

Deceleration

Engine in operation

Continue depressing the brake pedal.

Stopping

Idling stop

Release the brake pedal.

Take-off

The engine is automatically restarted

6
Safe drive ( P22)

● Please wear a seatbelt in the correct Quick Guide


driving position.

● to always wear seat belts in passenger.

● If you are pregnant, please wear a seat


Confirmation before starting the operation ( P23) belt so that it does not compress the
● The position of the front seat before driving, headless door, the position of abdomen.

the handle, to adjust the angle of the mirror class.

Seat belt ( P24)

For exhaust gas ( P60)


● Because it contains harmful carbon monoxide in the exhaust gas
of the car, please do not put a sealed location in the engine, such
as a garage.

Children of safety ( P44)


● When you put the small children that can not be
properly wear a seat belt, please use your child
seat. For children of safety, tea Irudoshito the
second sheet or not it should be attached to the

Airbag( P35) third seat.

● At the time of the event of a collision, in order to mitigate the impact of


the occupant, the air bag is equipped with.

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 7
Instrument of Viewing ( P61)

Quick Guide
Warning light ( P62) / Indicator light ( P73) / Meter ( P87) / Warning light / indicator lights

Information Display ✤ ( P89) / AWD warning light ✤

Multi-information display ✤ ( P92) Immobilizer system indicator light

Warning light / indicator lights


Speedometer Direction indicator indicator
Idling stop system warning light
(orange) ✤
Tachometer Automatic light control
warning light ✤
Idling stop indicator (green) ✤
CMBS warning light ✤

ECON indicator light City brake active indicator ✤

ABS warning light


ACC warning light / indicator lights ✤
Security alarm system
actuation indicator lamp ✤
EPS warning light

Blind spot in Fomeshon warning


Fuel level warning light
light ✤

warning light Low water temperature indicator

VSA OFF warning light VSA High water temperature warning light
Fuel gauge

Hydraulic warning Information Display ✤ /


Cruise main indicator light ✤
Multi-information display ✤
light charging warning light Cruise control indicator light ✤
Select position indicator (transmission
Brake warning light (red)
warning light) Warning light / indicator lights
Starter system warning light ✤
Brake system warning
light (orange) Multi-information display vehicles Select position moves P
warning light ✤
without multi-information display
PGM-FI warning lamp
Door warning light
vehicles Brake depression lack of indicator
Information indicator ✤ Warning light / indicator lights lights ✤

Seat belt non-wearing warning


Door / tailgate open warning light Handle operation indicator ✤
light High-beam indicator light

Power sliding door warning


Air bag system warning light Light lighting display lights Multi-information display non-vehicles light ✤

Honda smart key system Honda smart key battery


Fog lights lighting display lights ✤ Tailgate opening and closing warning light
warning light ✤ warning light ✤

8
Each part of the operation ( P108)

Quick Guide

Adjust the time ( P109) ENGINE START / STOP switch ✤ ( P147) Blinker ( P152)
Honda Inter navigation system-equipped vehicles
Left turn

When you press the switch, the power mode is Ri off a drop-in replacement.

Turn right

Light ( P154)
Honda Inter navi system vehicles

Because I use the information from the artificial satellite, time


High beam
alignment is not required.

Low beam

Overtaking signal
(passing)

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 9
Wiper ( P157) Tailgate ( P130) Power window ( P142)
● Tailgate opens by pressing the tailgate open switch. ● engine switch ※ 1 At the time, youIIcan open and close the win
switch dough.
Quick Guide

driving seat

Closed
(high-speed when busy rainfall) wiper / washer

Washer and pull to


the front Open

low speed (when the ordinary rainfall) · HI

· OFF Stop
· INT Intermittent (when rainfall is small) · LO
Door mirror ( P162)
● Engine switch ※ 1 When, storageIIof Doami error ✤ Or Power window lock button · ON other than the driver's seat of
adjustment of the angle you can. the window is non-operating · OFF all of the window is
actuated

Adjustment of the steering wheel position Storage switch ✤ Left and right selector switch

(P160)

● Pull up on the handle position adjustment lever to adjust the


position of the handle.

Angle adjustment switch


※ 1: Honda smart key system unit
備車 instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP Is There apply

Are we.

Ten
Power sliding door ✤
(P133)
Quick Guide
● When the main switch is ON, the opening and closing you want to side of

OPEN Or CLOSE When you press the Auto

Open and close in manner.

Power sliding door switch

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 11
The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤
Air Conditioning ( P191)
● AUTO When you press, the automatic air conditioning is activated. ● AUTO When you press, the automatic air conditioning is
Quick Guide activated.
● When you press, you stop.
● To take the cloud of the front glass, and then press. ● When you press the REAR, it will stop.

The rear seat for auto air conditioning vehicles

Upper body Feet blown upper body blowing foot


blast
blast
Upper body Foot blast
blast Upper body blowing foot blast foot blast Up fogging of the

window glass

Temperature control

icon (passenger side)


(driver's seat side)

control icon AUTO Temperature


switch control switch fan

A/C icon AUTO


temperature REAR switch speed selector switch
icon
The inside and outside air
Icon
switching icon

Fan speed switching icon


Rear seat cooler ✤
Rear seat cooler vehicles
● Press the REAR, pressing the fan speed switching Rikae
switch, rear seat coolers will be activated.

Upper body Foot blast


blast Upper body blowing foot blast foot blast Up fogging of the ● When you press the REAR, it will stop.
window glass

Fan speed switching icon Temperature

control icon

REAR switch Fan speed selector


switch
A/C icon AUTO
icon
The inside and outside air

switching icon
icon

12
Operation ( P205)

Quick Guide
Automatic car ( P214) 7-speed manual shift mode ✤
● Put to the select lever, and
P then start the engine while pressing the brake. ● Pull the shift switch without releasing their hands from the steering wheel, shift operation is you can.

When the select lever is S

● Pulling the shift switch on the steering wheel, it will be 7-speed manual shift mode. (7-speed manual shift

Select lever lit, it will see the gear position to Shifutoi indicator.
mode) indicator isM

Operation of the select lever

When the select lever is D


Stepping on the brake pedal with the right foot, operation
● Pulling the shift switch on the steering wheel, it temporarily becomes a 7-speed manual shift mode. Gear
and press the button
position is displayed on the shift indicator.

Press the button operation


- shift switch (shift down) + shift switch
M indicator light
(Shift-up)
As it is operated without pressing the button

parking
Start-up of the car or engine

Shift indicator
reverse
Retraction of the car

neutral
Idling state

CRUISE switch
drive (Vehicles)
· Normal running

· Temporarily 7-speed manual shift mode ✤ VSA OFF switch


When you
CMBS OFF switch

Drive (S) (Vehicles)


· · 7-speed manual shift mode when traveling uphill or ENGINE START / STOP Switch (vehicles)
downhill ✤ When you

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 13
VSA ( P228) Put the gasoline ( P258)
● The VSA, is a device to try to suppress the change in the
Specified fuel:
Quick Guide behavior of rapid vehicle.
Unleaded regular gasoline
● To the VSA to stop (OFF) mode, press until the buzzer
sounds a "beep". Again, then press down to be used (ON)
Regular bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22)
sounds the buzzer and the "beep" the. tank capacity:
TIME
2WD cars REAL55 l 50AWD
l
● Automatically VSA when you start the engine will be ON. vehicles

a Pull the fuel lid opener, open the fuel lid.


CRUISE switch ✤ ( P224)
● Cruise control when operating the highway at a constant speed, is
a device to keep the accelerator pedal at a constant vehicle speed

even Stepping Manaku.

● If you do not use the cruise control, for safety


CRUISE Press OFF
Please be in.

CMBS OFF switch ✤


(P248) b Turn slowly the knob
● CMBS is to support the brake operation of the driver, it reduces the Open the cap.
impact of rear-end collision or to avoid a collision devices.

● To stop (OFF) state CMBS,

CMBS OFF Buzzer and the "beep" and is

Press until you hear. Again, be To to use (ON)


c Or the cap to the holder
CMBS OFF Buzzer and the "beep" the
Kick.
Press until.

14
Maintenance ( P262)

Quick Guide
Wiper blade ( P280)
● If there is a wipe uneven, replace the wiper blade rubber.

engine room ( P266, 268, 316)


● Cooling water, make the supply of washer fluid.
● Check the battery.

a Pull the hood release knob of the driver's seat foot.


Release knob

Light ( P269) b Open the hood and press the lever.


Tire ( P283) ● Headlight, fog light bulbs ✤ , Perform the inspection or
replacement, such as tail light bulb.
● Tire, inspect the wheel.
● In the snowfall area, snow tires, tire chains is
● For exchange of the light bulb, please refer to the
required.
"maintenance".
● For exchange of the fuse, please refer to the "To
emergency cases".

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 15
In the unlikely event of ( P296)

Quick Guide

It was punk ( P298) Engine does not start It was overheating ( P316)
● Parked in a safe place, and emergency repair puncture repair ● Parked in a safe place, please open the bonnet if not out
(P310)
kit. steam.
● Battery up will be considered. Using a rescue car battery to
start the engine.

I want towing
Warning light is lit ( P317) Fuse has expired ( P320) (P329)
● Check the details, go please follow the instruction manual. ● Please ask the professional always. If you are towing while
● Above the accelerator pedal, the back of the glove box, cargo
space left ✤ , There is a fuse box in the engine room. It grounded four-wheel pictorial the cease, please follow the

replaces the cut and are fuse. instruction manual.

16
Troubleshooting
Quick Guide
Honda smart key system vehicles • Handle is either not locked?
ENGINE START / STOP Pawamo of • While turning the steering wheel to the left and right, sure to turn the
De is not from the OFF mode to key. Honda smart key vehicles ✤

accessory mode It is, ENGINE START / STOP Please press.


Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

0
Key does not turn from
I to

Honda smart key system vehicles • P


It does not become in a position other than the select lever?
ENGINE START / STOP Pawamo of
De is not in the OFF mode
Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

Key does not


I turn from
0 to (key can not
be pulled out)

And vibration and rattling Once you stepped • When I stepped on the brake pedal, it may the pedal is wiggle.
on the brake pedal

This is not unusual in the phenomenon of when the ABS is operating. As it is, please
continue stepping strongly the brake pedal.

Rear door can not be opened from the inside of the vehicle • Or child-proof is not in a position of locking? Open
the rear door from the outside, please refer to the Unlock

knob of the child-proof to the position of unlocking.

locking

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 17
It is locked, but it should have unlocked the • Keyless entry, Honda smart key ✤ From the unlocking in,
door keyless entry doors within about 30 seconds, if you did not open the
Quick Guide
tailgate will be locked automatically again.

That ringing the buzzer and opened the driver's door Honda smart key system vehicles

• You do not have any power mode other than OFF mode?
• If you open the driver's door in the idling stop will be "Pippi' beep ...".

Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

• Do not insert the key into the engine switch?


Common

• Do not forget turn off the lights when it becomes a "copy"?

Buzzer sounds when traveling • Do you wear the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat belt?

• Do you completely return the parking brake?

Metallic fricative is stepping on the brakes • There is a possibility that the brake pad is in use limit worn. Please have it inspected by
while driving Honda dealer.

Is it safe to use the premium (high-octane) • You can also that you use premium gasoline, but this case, does not the original engine
gasoline to regular gasoline specification performance varies greatly.
car?

18
Display Safety For service diagnostic recording device

Along with the workaround "possible to receive a driver or other people injury", and The car, a computer for controlling the system is mounted, and record the
have been described in the display below. Than these are important, please read following contents as data.
firmly. • Failure diagnosis information of the air bag system

• Information about the operation of the air bag

• The presence or absence of seat belt use of the driver's seat and the
the instructions,
d If you do not followThose death or serious
leading to Do injury
passenger seat (E- pretensioners vehicles)

• State of the power transmission mechanism

the instructions,
w If you do not followWhich or serious • operating
conditions
can lead todeath
Do injury

Third party Honda and Honda has been commissioned, to the recorded data of the research and

the instructions,
c If you do not follow That mosquitoes injured development of vehicle of technical diagnostics and Honda, acquisition, there you to use.
there is a potential

In addition, audio and video conversations, etc. will not be recorded.


Other display of

Using the display of the following have been described.

advice

Advice and to prevent that the car to malfunction or damage, it should be observed for the

consideration of the environment.

this" ✤ "By such as the type and options, it attaches to when the equipment is different. 19
Disclosure of data

Third party Honda and Honda has been commissioned, except in the case of following the

acquired data, disclosure to third parties, does not provide.

• If there is a consent of the owner or user of your car

• If it based on the court order, etc., enforceable request

• For performing statistical processing, the processed data can not be identified by the user

and cars, to provide research institutes

20
table of contents

2 Safe drive P.22 Safe drive P.22


For safe drive twenty three Seat belt twenty four Airbag 35 Safety of children 44

The risk of exhaust gas 60

2 Look of the instrument the way P.61 Look of the instrument the way P.61
Warning lights and indicator lights 62 Meter and information display 87

2 Operation of each part P.108 Operation of each part P.108


Set the time 109 Door lock 111 Tailgate 130 slide door 131

Security system 140 Window 142 Switch around the handle 147

Mirror such 161 Seat 164 Interior lights / Indoor Equipment 180 Air conditioning 191
audio P.203
2 audio P.203
Audio equipment ✤ 204

operation P.205
2 operation P.205

Before the operation 206 operation 208 brake 232 Parking a vehicle 251

Rear wide camera system 257 Refueling 258 Accessories and remodeling 261
maintenance P.262
2 maintenance P.262
In front of the maintenance 263 In the engine room 266 light bulb 269 Windshield wiper 280

tire 283 Keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key 287
In the unlikely event of P.296
Air conditioning of care 289 cleaning 291

2 In the unlikely event of P.296

Tools, flares 297 punk 298 Handling of jack 308 Engine does not start 310
Document P.333
Jump Start 313 It does not move the selector lever 315 overheat 316

Warning light is lit / flashing 317 fuse 320 Towing 329 Tail gate does not open 332

2 Document P.333
index P.342
Specifications: B 334 Specifications: G 336 Specifications: G AERO 338 Specifications: Absolute 340

Due to changes such as the car of the specification, please understand that there are times when the contents and the actual vehicle of this book do not match.
Safe drive
This chapter contains important information necessary for safe driving. Please read carefully before

starting the operation, please ensure the safety of the driver and passenger.

.......................... for safe drive twenty three Children of safety ........................................ 44

Seat belt Infant safety ........................................ 46


.......................... for seat belt twenty four Safety .......................... of large children 58
Wearing of seat belt .............................. 28 The risk of exhaust gas

Inspection of seat belt .............................. 32 For carbon monoxide .............................. 60

Airbag
Type of air bag ................................. 35

SRS air bag ...................................... 35

Side air bag ✤ ............................... 38

Side curtain air bag ✤ ................. 40

Air bag system warning light ....................... 42

Care .......................... of the air bag 43

twenty two
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
For safe drive

Checklist for safety


For safe drive, please check the information listed below before traveling. 1 Checklist for safety
• Door, or the tail gate is completely closed? Door warning light / tail gate opening and closing warning light ✤ If is
u All the doors, tail gate is closed completely, that they are properly locked
lit, the door is not completely closed, there is a tail gate.
Please Confirm.
2 Locked in the car P.121
Door, please re-close the tailgate again correctly. "Door warning
• Whether to adjust the seat position to the operating position comfortable?
light / tail gate open closed warning light ✤ "Is turned off, and return to
u As the correct driving position can be taken, continue to the adjustment of the seat position and the headrest
the normal state. Buirado of all safe
Please.
2 Front seat P.164 2 Door warning light P.68

• Whether the passenger seat is also adjusted so that safety is maintained? 2 Tailgate opening and closing warning light P.68

u Please lower the seat up as far as possible away from the dashboard. • Multi-information display vehicles
2 Front seat P.164 Multi-information display in the warning will be displayed.
• Whether all passengers are wearing a properly seat belt?
u Sure that the driver and all passengers are wearing a properly seat belt 2 Multi-information display ✤
Please.
Warning messages P.81
2 Wearing of seat belts P.28

• Or such as an air bag system warning lamp is not lit?


u Please read the description of the air bag in advance, the position of the seat, etc.
Please adjust the.
2 Airbag P.35

• In order to protect the safety of children, to wear a child seat or seat belt dolphins?

u If the child is a passenger is, Chai depending on the age and height and weight of children
Please be as to ensure safety, such as in Rudoshito and a seat belt.
2 Safety of children P.44

• When parking on a slope, the parking brake, whether you are in the select lever? P

u It is effective and further a chock to tire.


2 Shift operation P.215

twenty three
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Seat belt

The seat belt


Seat belt is a safety device for ensuring safety by fixing the body to the seat. 1 The seat belt

■ Three-point seat belt w


Expands and contracts according to the movement of the body, will automatically lock a strong shock and belt. A three-point Seat belt all passengers to wear always correctly.
seat belts in all the seats are equipped with.

If you do not wear a seat belt properly, even if the air


Buirado of all safe
■ Wearing of seat belts bag is equipped with, or receive a serious injury at the
• In the driver correct driving position, be sure to wear a seat belt time of a collision, it may lead to the worst case death.
• Always wear seat belts in passenger
• When you put the small children that can not be properly wear a seat belt, be sure to use a child
seat Aboard keep the correct posture.
• Not use a single seat belt two or more people If you do not sit in the correct posture, it will be higher risk of
• Do not put the slack in such as a belt clip or clothespin being injured when the collision.

When you had an accident while wearing a seat belt is subjected to

inspection by the Honda dealer, or have belt is broken, if you do not

want to work properly, please replace the belt.

If the seat belt is locked, loosen from pulling strongly once belt,

please slowly pull the belt.

twenty four
uu Seat belt u The seat belt

1 Seat belt reminder


■ Seat belt reminder
• If you travel without wear the driver's seat or the front passenger seat
The engine switch ( w ※ 1 When you, seatbelt reminder is

belt, buzzer and stops will stop. In addition, the buzzer when it
activated to wear a seat belt of the driver's seat, and
exceeds a certain period of time even when the vehicle is traveling
notify you by warning light and buzzer.
will stop.

• Since the chime of the retreat


R position 置警 paper device is when
Also, when traveling, seat belts reminder is activated to you put in the select lever, warning buzzer of seatbelt Buirado of all safe

wear a seat belt of the driver's seat and the front passenger non-wearing does not sound.

seat, and notify you by warning light and buzzer. • The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After you, seat belt non-wearing warning light

will illuminate a few seconds after If you do not wear the front

passenger seat belt.

• When you place the luggage in the front passenger seat, the sensor might

Rukoto buzzer sounds and flashes a warning lamp to detect the weight.

• The use of such cushion or place those children and petite in the

front passenger seat, the sensor may not operate normally

without detecting an occupant.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

Continued on next page twenty five


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Seat belt u The seat belt

1 Seat belt pre-tensioners


■ Seat belt pre-tensioners
In order to improve the safety, the front seat is equipped with a seat belt pre-tensioner donors.
c
Removal of the seat belt retraction device, such as
Seatbelt pretensioner draws shocked and automatically seatbelt from above a certain forward, it is a
decomposition are not.
device for increasing the restraining effect.
Cause of malfunction or failure.
Buirado of all safe
Take
Seat belt pre-tensioners, can not be one time operated Then use.
automatically wound

When the seat belt pre-tensioners are activated air bag system

warning light is lit by the collision.

When the collision, received a check in the Honda dealer, when


Seat belt pre-tensioners
working already, please exchange.

Side curtain air bag equipped vehicles

By the collision from the side, the seat belt Purite Nshona is

activated.

SRS air bag and seat belt pre-tensioners necessarily does not work

at the same time.

26
uu Seat belt u The seat belt

1 E- pretensioner ✤
■ E- pretensioner ✤
When only the E- pretensioner is activated, it does not need to be
CMBS and electronic control brake assist, in conjunction with VSA sideslip suppression function, it takes up the
replaced.
seat belt in the motors.

In addition, it also activated when the system detects an emergency avoidance steering and shock. Post-activation
When the VSA warning light is lit, E- Purite Nshona does not work.
returns the seat belt wound to the original state.

Buirado of all safe

Take
automatically wound

E- pretensioner

27
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Seat belt u Wearing of seat belts

Wearing of seat belts

■ Three-point seat belt 1 Wearing of seat belts

1. Sit on the seat with the correct attitude.

2. Pull out slowly seat belt.


c
Pull slowly Shoulder belt or through the bottom of the arm, not turn to the

back of the neck.

Good posture If you do not wear a seat belt properly, in the event of a collision or
Buirado of all safe
the like not fulfill the functions of the present years, there is a risk of

injury.

3. Insert the tongue plate into the buckle. Not hooked on the armrest when the seat belt is
The tongue plate
u At this time, the twist and the belt scratch worn.

Note the Riganai so. Can not be exhibited the function of the seat belt in the unlikely

event of, there is a risk of incurring serious injury.

buckle So that the belt is applied enough to shoulder, please adjust the

height of the shoulder anchors.

If the belt is neck, jaw, it falls such as the face, Adjust the height of

the shoulder anchor.

2 Of the shoulder anchor height adjustment P.29

To remove the seat belt, the buckle red

PRESS Please press.

At that time, please attach the hand to the belts so that the belt is

fully retracted.

28
uu Seat belt u Wearing of seat belts

Four. The belt, to the lowest possible position of the hip bone 1 Wearing of seat belts
Such as match. To function well the seat belt, please do not put foreign objects into
Five. Pull the belt, buckle is fixed the back Kuru and automatic retractor.
As low as possible
We are sure that you know.
position

Decomposition of the seat belt, do not modify. There may not

operate normally. Buirado of all safe

1 Of the shoulder anchor height adjustment


■ Of the shoulder anchor height adjustment

Shoulder anchor
Seat belt of the front seats, in accordance with the sitting
c
height, please adjust the height of the shoulder anchor.
After adjustment checks whether the shoulder anchor
Push
is securely fixed.

1. Press the release button of the shoulder anchor In order to increase the safety, please make sure that the shoulder belt is

While, move the anchor up and down. applied to the chest from the shoulder.

2. Release the release button at just the right height,

To fix the shoulder anchor. When the belt hits the neck, please adjust down.

Continued on next page 29


uu Seat belt u Wearing of seat belts

1 Separation retractable seat belt


■ Separation retractable seat belt
When separating and storing the seat belt, the Tan Gupureto 3 Plug
1. The latch of the seat belt from the ceiling of the fixed portion
into the groove of the buckle marked with, sure to disconnect the
Remove the plate.
latch plate.

Buirado of all safe Latch plate

The tongue
Latch plate plate

Latch plate 2. Pull out the latch plate, 3 Mark


It plugs into the attached buckle.
u Of the latch plate Four Mark and buckle
buckle
of 3 Insert Align the mark.

3/4
buckle mark

3. Sit on the seat with the correct attitude.

Four. Grasp the tongue plate, slowly pull


put out.

30
uu Seat belt u Wearing of seat belts

The tongue Five. Insert the tongue plate into the buckle.
plate u At this time, the twist and the belt scratch
Note the Riganai so.

buckle
Buirado of all safe

6. Or the belt as low as possible the position of the hip bone

Mow way match.


7. Pull the belt, buckle is fixed
We are sure that you know.

Continued on next page 31


uu Seat belt u Inspection of seat belt

1 How the seat belt wearing of pregnant women


■ How the seat belt wearing of pregnant women
When you are pregnant it is to drive or ride, in order to protect yourself and the baby, please always
c
wear a three-point seat belt.
Seat belt use during pregnancy, to make sure your doctor.

When emergency, you may receive the abdomen, the chest, the
Buirado of all safe
compressions such as shoulder.
Shoulder belt is worn as applied to the
chest to avoid the abdomen
Person during pregnancy Please note the following points.

Therefore, the front air bag when the event of a collision, danger to
Waist belt to avoid the abdomen, always perfect worn
yourself and the baby is subjected to injury will be reduced.
as low as possible the position of the hip bone

• Causing the upper body when driving, as much as possible down to the back of the

sheet in the range not interfering with the operation

• Even if you sit in the front passenger seat, the seat is lowered as much as possible

behind

Inspection of seat belt 1 Inspection of seat belt

If the belt is not taken up smoothly, make sure that no dirty belts.
In order to safe use of seat belt, please perform periodic inspection. Check point of the inspection is
as follows.
• Pull out all of the belt as far as it will go, frayed, torn, burned, whether or not there is Re Setsu pickpocket?
There are times when the belt is not wound up in and is dirty

smoothly. First of all, please make sure that there are no dirt on the
• Or buckle is securely fixed? belt. Dropping the dirt you may return to the dynamic outs source.

• Whether the belt is wound up smoothly?

Or belt is damaged, if you do not want to work properly, please

replace the belt.

32
uu Seat belt u Anchor points of the seat belt

Anchor points of the seat belt


Front seat Anchor When replacing the seat belt, use the anchor points that
Point are shown in FIG.

The front seat has been used a three-point seat belt.

Buirado of all safe


Anchor
Point

Second premium cradle seat The second premium cradle seat has been used a
three-point seat belt.

Anchor Anchor
Point Point

Second bench seat The second bench seat has been used a three-point
seatbelt.

Anchor
Point

Continued on next page 33


uu Seat belt u Anchor points of the seat belt

Third seat The third seat has our three-point seat belt is used.

Anchor Point Anchor


Point

Buirado of all safe

34
Airbag

Type of air bag


Airbag, engine switch ( w ※ 1 Bulge and the vehicle body is Ru shocked by the collision at the time of, and to mitigate the 1 Type of air bag

impact received by the driver and passenger. The air bag there is a kind of following, but works differently due to the

direction and conditions of the collision.


w
Seat belts are always used in air bag equipped vehicles.

• SRS air bag: Forward air bag of the front seat


• Side air bag ✤ : Horizontal direction air bag of the front seat The air bag is, in the system in order to mitigate the impact,
Buirado of all safe
• Side curtain air bag ✤ : Air bag attached to the ceiling portion on both sides of the window side is an auxiliary restraint seat belt. Even an air bag equipped

vehicles, please Always wear properly seat belt. If you do

not wear a seat belt, the effect of the airbags is not


SRS air bag
sufficiently exerted in the event of a collision, there is an
Located on the driver's seat and the passenger seat. By the collision from the previous direction, and mitigate the impact of the SRS air increased risk of such serious injury or death.
bag is to Rise et al. Nde driver and the passenger seat of the passenger's head and chest.

SRS: Substantially in the meaning of the auxiliary restraining seat belt Supplemental Restraint System c
(Supplemental Restraint System).
Immediately after the inflated air bag, do not touch the

components.
■ storage site Because the component parts of the air bag when it is too
Driver's seat side is the center of the steering wheel, the passenger side has SRS air bag is stored in the hot, it may be an unexpected injury, such as burns.
dashboard. Both are displayed as "SRS AIRBAG".

Air bag inflates at a very fast speed.


■ Mechanism of working
By contact with the air bag, scratches, burn on the skin, you may
SRS The airbag is activated is when the collision from the front direction at a constant or more of the impact. In this case, receive bruises and the like.
the sensor detects a rapid deceleration caused by the collision, by Ki When is the control unit inflates the SRS air bag on

the driver's seat and the passenger seat. ※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch

ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.


Continued on next page 35
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Airbag u SRS air bag

1 The operation of the SRS air bag


■ The operation of the SRS air bag

When the collision from the front direction, restraining the lower body and
During operation w
the body of the seat belt is riding members, SRS air bag protects the
Do not ride in a state in which close to a final or head and chest a

head and chest. Or interfere with the view of the driver, so as not to hand on the instrument panel.

interfere with the steering wheel operation, SRS air bag is deflated When the SRS air bag is inflated, there is a danger of being a
Buirado of all safe
immediately after Rise beating. serious injury received a strong shock.

c
To handle and instrument panel top, or a sticker,

SRS air bag will operate in the following cases. interest does not put things.

• 20 ~ 30 km / h or faster, equal to or upon impact from the true front very thick fixed concrete wall,
when subjected to higher impact SRS Ri air bag is no longer functioning properly, flying

• Which can absorb a shock when receiving strong impact from the direction within the front left and right about 30 degrees also the was placed when the inflated air bag driver and

of the vehicle collided if the (car or deformation which as guardrail), the vehicle speed when operating is high. passengers will be the cause of injury.

When the air bag inflates, it may powder is flying in the air.
The following cases, you may want to operate when subjected to a strong impact to the vehicle bottom.

• When it collides with the curb and projections of the ground


This powder is harmless, but in some cases it may temporarily feel a
• When it fell into a deep groove or hole
discomfort. After confirming the safety, please come out to the outside of
• When it fell from a high place the vehicle immediately.

Operation of the air bag depends on the presence or absence of a collision

situation and the seat belts worn.

Therefore, the air bag of the driver's seat or the passenger seat might

be activated only on one side.

36
uu Airbag u SRS air bag

The following cases, it may SRS air bag does not work. 1 The operation of the SRS air bag

• Telephone pole, collision to such as standing trees

• Subduction of the track to such


c
• Collision from the partial collision and oblique direction Decomposition of the SRS air bag, not to remove.

Because of different absorption degree of impact depending on the site of the body, it does not necessarily coincide with the operation Improper handling can cause failure or malfunction.

of large and small and the SRS air bag of the damage state.
Buirado of all safe

If the vehicle body is able to fully absorb the impact, the system does
Collision or the next of such cases at a lower rate so as to protect an occupant only in the seat belt, does not work because there is
not work.
no effect of the occupant protection.

• Collision from the lateral direction

• Collision from the rear

• Rollover or subversion

Circumstances of the accident, in some form, it may SRS air bag is activated.

37
uu Airbag u Side air bag ✤

Side air bag ✤


Is the air bag on the outside of the backrest of the front seat. By the collision from the side, it bulges air bag, to mitigate the 1 Side air bag

impact to the chest of the passenger of the driver and the passenger seat.
c
Or attach and accessories to the door and around,
■ storage site
not or place things.
Driver's seat, has been stored in the back outside the side of the seat in
Or did not operate properly, you may fly these things
Buirado of all safe both the front passenger seat.
in operation.
Both now shows as "SIDE AIRBAG".

Side not to shock or excessive force to the air bag housing

portion.

Side air bag will operate only side that has received the shock.
storage site

Since the side air bag is to be activated for a collision from the side,
will operate only the side of impact. In addition, if the passenger side
■ Mechanism of working
receives an impact, it will be activated side air bag even when the

Side air bag, equal to or come between the vehicle and the equivalent of passenger side there are no passengers.

the car at about 30km / h faster than the degree of the collision from the

side, the side air bag on the driver's seat or the front passenger seat when
Side air bag, causing the body to wear a seat belt to exert a
subjected to more impact you bulge.
protective effect on the tree and are sitting deeply on the seat.

In order to maintain the protective effect of the side air bag, seat

belt, please properly wear.

Side by the air bag seat cover, you will not be able to function

If it is a collision from an oblique to the side of the vehicle, the vehicle speed when the side air bag is activated will be higher. properly.

The hit to the seat cover fitted to the front seat, please consult your

Honda dealer.

38
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Airbag u Side air bag ✤

■ Operating conditions 1 Side air bag

The following cases, you may want to operate when subjected to a strong impact to the vehicle bottom.

• When it collides with the curb and projections of the ground


c
• When it fell into a deep groove or hole Not lean on the door. Not close to the more than necessary hands

• When it fell from a high place and face in the storage unit of the side air bag. The rear seat of the

passenger, the back of the front seat also does not suffer from the
Buirado of all safe
The following cases, there is that the side air bag does not work. Re other.

• Collision of the side surface other than the vicinity of the occupant

Since the side air bag has been adapted to operate depending on the magnitude of the shock experienced by the crew, the operation of When the side air bag is inflated, there is a danger of being
large and small and the side air bag of the damage state of the vehicle does not necessarily match. subjected to strong shock injury.

Decomposition of the side air bag, removal is not such.


If the collision and, as shown in the following at a low speed, does not work because there is no effect of the occupant protection.

• Head-on collision
Improper handling can cause failure or malfunction.
• Collision from the rear

• Rollover or subversion
When the air bag inflates, it may powder is flying in the air.
Circumstances of the accident, in some form, there is that the side air bag is activated.

This powder is harmless, but in some cases it may temporarily feel a

discomfort. After reviewing the safety, again that immediately go out to

the outside of the vehicle.

39
uu Airbag u Side curtain air bag ✤

Side curtain air bag ✤


It is the air bag in the ceiling portion of the window side. By the collision from the side, the air bag is bulging Rami, and mitigate the 1 Side curtain air bag

impact to the occupant's head.


c
Or unable to work side curtain air bag is normally,
■ storage site
because there is possible to fly those during operation,
Side curtain air bag housing portion Driver's side, has been stored in the ceiling portion of the window side in the
to note the following things.
Buirado of all safe front passenger seat side both.
• Windshield, door glass, front, center, not attached
Both are displayed as "SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG".
and accessories to each pillar around the rear

• Do not put things in the grab rail


• Not put heavy objects on the coat hooks and pointed also to
the

Side curtain air bag will operate only side that has received the

shock.

Side curtain air bag in order to operate on a collision from the side,

will operate only side that has received the shock. In addition, if the

passenger side receives an impact, support Ido curtain air bag even

when the passenger side there are no passengers will be activated.

Side curtain air bags, causing the body to wear a seat belt to exert a

protective effect when you are sitting deeply on the seat.

In order to maintain the protective effect of the side curtain air bag,

seat belt, please properly wear.

40
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Airbag u Side curtain air bag ✤

1 Side curtain air bag


■ Mechanism of working

During operation
The side curtain airbag is activated is when collided from
c
the side at a certain level of impact. Driver's seat side or
Not apply shock to the side curtain air bag housing
the passenger side support Ido curtain air bags will
portion.
bulge.
Or have a wound in the housing portion, Hibiwaregaa
Buirado of all safe
Rutoki, replace by Honda dealer.
■ operating
conditions

The operating conditions of the side curtain air bag is the same
Side curtain air bag
conditions as the side air bag.
Decomposition of the side curtain air bag, take out Mr. are
2 Operating conditions P.39

not.

Improper handling can cause failure or malfunction.


■ Operation when the collision from the front direction

The event of a collision from the previous direction, when a force of more than a certain in the transverse direction is applied, SRS air

bag is inflated dents required side side curtain air bag inflates.

41
uu Airbag u Air bag system warning light

Air bag system warning light


Abnormalities such as air bags and seat belt pre-tensioners, and will report in the warning light. 1 Air bag system warning light

Multi-information display vehicles is also displayed in the multi-info mation display.


w
Do not ignore the air bag system warning light.

If you ignore the air bag system warning light, air bag
■ Air bag system warning light
system, without pre-tensioner system is functioning
Buirado of all safe ■ The engine switch ( w ※ 1 When you

properly, there is a possibility or to receive Ketari death
The engine switch ( w ※ 1 If you, the air bag system warning
serious injury. If the air bag system warning light comes
light will illuminate for a few seconds, it is normal if unlit.
on, please have it inspected at the Honda dealer
immediately.

■ When an error occurs


Lights when there is an abnormality in the air bag system
When the air bag system warning light is lit, please have it
or pre-tensioner system. inspected by Honda dealer.

The engine switch ( w ※ 1 If the air bag system warning light does not

light up when you also, there is a possibility that there is an

abnormality in the e A bag system or pre-tensioner system. Please

have it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

42
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Airbag u Care of the air bag

Care of the air bag


The air bag system, without the need for maintenance, there is also a need for parts replacement or not. However,

please have it inspected at the Honda dealer in the following cases.

■ The air bag is activated, when inflated 1 The air bag is activated, when inflated

Once operated by the air bag, you need to always be replaced together with the control unit and other Do not re-use of air bag-related parts.

related parts.
Buirado of all safe
Similarly, seat belt pre-tensioners, if you once operating must be new and replaced.

43
Safety of children

In order to protect the safety of children

When the children to ride, check the notes below, please ensure the safety of children. 1 In order to protect the safety of children

• Children placed on the second seat or a third seat


w
Child seat is installed in the rear seat.

u And put the child in the passenger seat, of the unexpected In the impact when the SRS air bag is activated and placed in

Operation or anxious, there is a Ruosore such interfere with the front passenger seat, Ri received a serious injury, there is
Buirado of all safe
the operation such as by shifting had the switches. In a risk of death.

addition, when the SRS air bag is inflated, it is dangerous

because there is a strong impact. w

• Be sure to wear a seat belt for children


u Or had a child, please do not place on top of the knee. Supported when the collision
This danger can not be obtained. Please refer to the seat belt for children in the correct wear way.

• To use the child seat is in infants The seat, which is protected by the front of the seat

u When you put the infants, be sure to use a child seat. operable air bags, please do not install a rear-facing

• Not out hands and face, things from window child seat in the absolute.

u Such as during or pause during running, children hands and face from the window, does not emit such things Children carry the risk received death or serious
Please be sea urchin attention. , There is the danger that it may of the accident by the unexpected obstacle. injury.
• Door, window, operations such as sheet is always adults do
u It can cause unexpected injury, the children door, window, Sea
Please do not operations such as theft.

44
uu Safety of children u In order to protect the safety of children

• When you leave the car, leave with her children 1 In order to protect the safety of children

u Please do not leave children alone in the car. In particular, under the blazing sun of the car in the high temperature The reason it is better to not place the child in the front passenger seat are

It is dangerous. In addition, by the mischief of children, the car of the start, it may lead to as follows.

unexpected accidents such as fire. • If the child is unable to properly take the seat of the passenger

seat, there is a risk that bear a heavy large injury when swelled

SRS air bag

• Side air bag system equipped vehicles, and is part of your child is Buirado of all safe

between the body into the operating range of the side air bag, there is

a possibility that the bear serious injury when the side air bag is

inflated

45
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

Safety of infants

■ Child seat of infant 1 Child seat of infant

Infant that is not sitting of the neck, the child seat for the infant properly fixed, please put.
w
Do not use in the forward of the rear-facing child
■ The installation location of the rear-facing child seat
seat.
Use it to forward when the collision from the front, there is a
Buirado of all safe
It can be installed in the second seat or a third seat.
risk that bear the infant is a serious injury.

Recommended for is the installation of directly to the rear of the seat of the

passenger seat. In that case, make sure as much as possible before to put
Rear-facing child seat is not install in the front passenger
the seat of the passenger seat does not put a person in the passenger seat.
seat.

When swelled SRS air bag on the passenger seat, Ri


air bag per the back of the child seat, the infant might
fear or to or death suffered serious injuries.

If you have or can not adjust the angle of the backrest Any failure is lowered

to a position to recommend the driver's seat, it should be placed on the seat

of the passenger seat right behind.

46
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

1 Infant child seat


■ Infant child seat
Infant within the range child seat manufacturers to specify, forward of the child seat to the fixed
w
correctly, please put.
Do not install a positive of the child seat in the front passenger
■ The idea of ​where to put forward the child seat
seat.

Established a forward of the child seat in the front passenger seat


We recommend the installation of the second seat or a Buirado of all safe
Then, or have too much out in front seat of the front passenger seat,
third seat.
the infant's head receive Keru for a strong impact in the SRS air bag

when Desa thrown before is when the collision, serious injury There

is a dead benefit fear or serious. If you need to make a installing a

forward-looking child seat on the front passenger's seat, it should be

placed lower the seat of the passenger's seat as far as possible

behind.

Continued on next page 47


uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

1 Select the child seat how


■ Select the child seat how
General-purpose ISOFIX child seat mounting is easy single.
When you buy a child seat, please choose a seat belt fixed type child sheet or a general-purpose type
ISOFIX child seat. Seat belt fixed type child seat using the seat belt and secure the seat.
General-purpose ISOFIX child seat is simply to easy mounting, is

what improper installation have been developed to reduce the force

kills injury caused.


Buirado ofGeneral-purpose
all safe ISOFIX child seat attachment is easy to fix in Roaanka ledge and a top tether
anchorage that came with the second sheet. Honda a genuine child seat offers. Your purchase, please consult

your Honda dealer is recommended before use.

■ Conditions of the child seat selection


In order to child seat to exert the appropriate protective effect, you must meet the following three
conditions.
• That child seat is of a type and size that matches the children that have been guided by the list

• It is what was in the seat of the car child seat is attached


• Child seat will recommend the child seat that conforms to UN-ECE R44 it is the
one that conforms to the safety standards.

1 One in the child seat to fix the seat belt


■ The child seat to be fixed by the seat belt
Stomach
You can use various types of child seat in the car, but all of the types does not mean that it is
In child sheet that meets UN safety standards Der Ru UN-ECE R44
appropriate.
on the child seat, mechanism for fixing the seat belts are equipped
See the table on the next page, in each of the seating position, please choose which child seat can be with.
used.

48
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

■ Measure of selection 1 One in the child seat to fix the seat belt

Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the child seat for more information. Stomach

Second premium cradle seat vehicles When you purchase a child seat, please select the ones that match

the weight group.


Seat position

Weight category Front seat The second-row seat Third row seat
The U and UF of the child seat, there are also those that are guided
The passenger seat right seat left seat right seat left seat center seat
UNIVERSAL (general-purpose) to the UN-ECE R44 approval display, Buirado of all safe
Group 0
X U U U U U (* 1) and the Owner's Manual.
~ 10kg
Group 0+ EC approval display (example)
X U U U U U (* 1)
~ 13kg Law number

group Ⅰ category weight


UF (* 1) U U U U U (* 1)
9kg ~ 18kg range approval

group Ⅱ number
UF (* 1) U U U U U (* 1)
15kg ~ 25kg group
country code

UF (* 1) U U U U U (* 1)
22kg ~ 36kg Depending on the type of child seat mounting brackets to the fixing

of the seat belt (locking clip) will be required.


Explanation of Symbols

U: Indicates that can be provided with a general-purpose (universal) child seat


It is.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the child seat for more
UF: This can be positively provided with a general-purpose (universal) child seat
information.
It is shown the door.

X: it indicates that that can not be equipped with a child seat.


* 1: If you are installing a child seat, most prior to the lock position the seat back
Be adjusted to the location.

Continued on next page 49


uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

Second bench seat vehicles

Seat position

Weight category Front seat The second-row seat Third row seat

The passenger seat right seat left seat center seat right seat left seat center seat

Group 0 U (* 1)
X X X X U U
~ 10kg
Buirado of all safe
Group 0+ U (* 1)
X L L L U U
~ 13kg
group Ⅰ UF UF (* 1) UF U (* 1)
U U
9kg ~ 18kg (* 1) UF
group Ⅱ UF UF (* 1) UF U (* 1)
U U
15kg ~ 25kg group (* 1) UF
Ⅲ UF UF (* 1) UF U (* 1)
U U
22kg ~ 36kg (* 1) UF

Explanation of Symbols

U: Indicates that can be provided with a general-purpose (universal) child seat


It is.
UF: This can be positively provided with a general-purpose (universal) child seat
It is shown the door.

L: equipped with Honda Baby ISOFIX, the Honda standard child seat
It shows that it is possible.
X: it indicates that that can not be equipped with a child seat.
* 1: If you are installing a child seat, most prior to the lock position the seat back
Be adjusted to the location.

50
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

1 For general-purpose ISOFIX child seat


■ For general-purpose ISOFIX child seat
Honda a genuine child seat offers. Your purchase, please consult
This is the car of the second seat, equipped with a lower Anchorage and top tether Anchorage order
your Honda dealer is recommended before use.
to attach a general-purpose ISOFIX child seat. See the table on the next page, in each of the seating
position, please choose which child seat can be used.

Buirado of all safe

Continued on next page 51


uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

■ Measure of selection 1 For general-purpose ISOFIX child seat

Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the child seat for more information. When you purchase a child seat, please select the ones that match

Second premium cradle seat vehicles the ISOFIX size class.

Seat position
size Fixture children
size
The size of the use ofOrientation shape,
Weight category Front seat second-row seat Third row seat
Grade fixture ISO / L1 infant Left bed type
The passenger seat left and right seat left and right seat center seat
Buirado of all safe
ISO / L2 infant Right bed type
F ISO / L1 - X
Kyarikotto - - ISO / R1 infant behind -
G ISO / L2 X
ISO / R2 Infant Behind small
0
E ISO / R1 - IL - - ISO / R3 Infant Behind large
0+ ~ 10kg or less ISO / F2 Infant Before Low type

E ISO / R1 - IL ISO / F2X infant Before Low type

D ISO / R2 X - - ISO / F3 Infant Before Height


 The following ~ 13kg
C ISO / R3 X
IL is adapted to the UN-ECE R44, it can be installed only Honda
D ISO / R2 X
Genuine Honda Baby ISOFIX or Honda ISOFIX NEO. Please
C ISO / R3 X
Ⅰ 9kg ~ 18kg consult with your purchase the Honda dealer.
B ISO / F2 - IUF - -
B1 ISO / F2X IUF
A ISO / F3 IUF
The child seat of the IUF, there is a guide to the UNIVERSAL

- - - X - - ISOFIX (generic) to the UN-ECE R44 approval display, and the
15kg ~ 25kg Ⅲ
Owner's Manual.

- - - X - -
22kg ~ 36kg EC approval display (example)

Law number
Explanation of Symbols
category weight
IUF: it is provided to forward the general purpose (universal) ISOFIX child seat
Indicating that the kill. range approval

IL: Honda Baby ISOFIX, it may comprise a Honda ISOFIX NEO number
It is shown.
country code
X: it indicates that that can not be equipped with ISOFIX child seat.
52
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

Second bench seat vehicles

Seat position
size
Weight category Front seat The second-row seat Third row seat
Grade fixture
The passenger seat left and right seat center seat left and right seat center seat

F ISO / L1 - X
Kyarikotto - - -
G ISO / L2 X
Buirado of all safe
0
E ISO / R1 - IL - - -
0+ ~ 10kg or less
E ISO / R1 - IL

D ISO / R2 X - - -
The following ~ 13kg
C ISO / R3 X
D ISO / R2
C ISO / R3 X
Ⅰ 9kg ~ 18kg
B ISO / F2 -X IUF - - -
B1 ISO / F2X IUF
A ISO / F3 IUF

- - -X - - -
15kg ~ 25kg Ⅲ

- - -X - - -
22kg ~ 36kg

Explanation of Symbols

IUF: it is provided to forward the general purpose (universal) ISOFIX child seat
Indicating that the kill.
IL: Honda Baby ISOFIX, it may comprise a Honda ISOFIX NEO
It is shown.
X: it indicates that that can not be equipped with ISOFIX child seat.

Continued on next page 53


uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

1 Attachment of the seat belt


■ Attachment of the seat belt
1. The backrest of the second seat is, most previous
c
To make sure that it is in position.
Child seat to ensure that it is securely fixed.
2 Adjustment of the backrest P.167 , 169

2. Put the child seat to seat.


If it is not securely fixed, such as in and pop out the
Buirado of all safe 3. Through the seat belt on the child seat
child seat when the brake or collision, it may cause
Then, write-free insert the tongue plate into the buckle.
serious personal injuries.

Buckle tongue plate


u At this time, the buckle is a "click" Please read the instruction manual supplied with the child seat.

Please just push properly until the sound is heard.

Depending on the type of child seat mounting brackets to the fixing


Four. To the instruction manual that came with the child seat
of the seat belt (locking clip) will be required.
Therefore install.
Five. Shaking the child seat in the front, rear, left and right,

You sure that it is firmly fixed.

■ Removal of the child seat


Remove the buckle and pull the seat belt from the child seat.

54
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

1 Mounting of general-purpose ISOFIX child seat


■ Mounting of general-purpose ISOFIX child seat
General-purpose ISOFIX child seat can be installed in the second seat. Chairu Doshito is, and secure
c
it with the lower Anchorage and a top tether anchorage.
A second sheet to ensure that it is securely fixed.
Second premium cradle seat vehicles 1. Roaa from a sheet of cut below the mark
To confirm the Nkarejji.
If it is not securely fixed, Chai Rudoshito moves together
Buirado of all safe
with the sheet, for example, when the brake or collision, it
may cause serious personal injuries.

Around the lower Anchorage, to make sure that there are no

biting of foreign matter or seatbelt.


Lower Anchorage mark When the bite foreign matters and seat belt Chairu

Second bench seat vehicles Doshito is not securely fixed, child seat, for example,
when the brake and collision pops out, it may cause
serious personal injuries.

General-purpose ISOFIX child seat, you do not need to be fixed in

the seatbelt.

Please read the instruction manual supplied with the child seat.

Lower Anchorage mark

Continued on next page 55


uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

2. Child seat is placed in the seat, chai 1 Mounting of general-purpose ISOFIX child seat

Attached to Russia Aan College in accordance with the


instructions of Rudoshito.
c
u At the time of attachment, foreign matter and seat belt Child seat to ensure that it is securely fixed.

Please in the strange, such caught in the lower


Anchorage and the like. If it is not securely fixed, such as in and pop out the
Buirado of all safe
child seat when the brake or collision, it may cause
Lower Anchorage serious personal injuries.

56
uu Safety of children u Safety of infants

Second premium cradle seat vehicles 3. Adjust the headrest is fixed at the top 1 Mounting of general-purpose ISOFIX child seat

And, through a top tether strap on the outside of the

Top tether Anchorage symbol headless strike.


c
u Top tether strap is it this time To the top tether anchorage symbol there is no hook,

Please be careful not to Gillet. please do not use the top tether strap.

Four. Top tether uninstall the top tether strap


Buirado of all safe
Hooked to college, tighten the straps.
Five. Shaking the child seat in the front, rear, left and right,

To make sure that it is firmly fixed.

Top tether
Anchorage Top tether strap

Second bench seat vehicles

Top tether Anchorage symbol

Top tether
Anchorage top tether
strap

57
uu Safety of children u Safety of large children

Safety of large children

■ The use of seat 1 Safety of large children

Children more than the conditions of use of the child seat for infants, please second sheet or is allowed to
w
wear a three-point seat belt placed on a third seat. Between your child is to sit deep into the seat, if you do Children are not put in the passenger seat.

not fit any one of the following confirmation item, it requires the use of booster seats. ■ Check items And put the child in the front passenger seat, when the

swelled SRS airbags, there is a Re morning sickness incurring


Buirado of all safe
serious injury. Unavoidably, if you put a child in the front
• Or children of the knee is unreasonable Ku bent at the front end
passenger's seat, as much as possible to lower the seat in the
of the seat?
rear, if necessary use the junior seat, please sit down wearing
• Or shoulder belt is bought or between the neck and arms of
a properly seat belt.
children?

• The waist belt is in a low position, you're touching the thigh


of the children?

• Or while riding, it is sitting comfortably? If you forced to put the child in the front passenger seat, please

adhere to the notes of the next page.

■ For junior seat


1 For junior seat
Can not be used a three-point seat belt, children that
For installation of the junior seat, carefully read the instruction
needs to use a junior Ashito is, use by installing a junior
manual that came with the juice Niashito, please properly installed.
seat to the second seat or a third seat.

Junior seat, there are as low as those high sitting height. Please

For safety, please be sure your child is in the range select the ones that children can wear the appropriate seatbelt.

junior seat suitable for use in junior seat.

58
uu Safety of children u Safety of large children

■ Unavoidable, if you put your child in the front passenger seat


Sit in the correct posture, rules, such as wearing a seat belt while driving can protect is the child, if it is
determined that also put the child in the passenger seat safety, please let ride the children observe the
following items .
• Read this manual carefully, understand enough for instructions and safety relates to a seat belt

Buirado of all safe

• Lowering the passenger seat all the way back

• Causing the upper body, sitting deep in the seat, an instruction to put your feet on the floor

• In the seat belt of the child is the correct position, to ensure that it is firmly fixed
• Watch the behavior of children

59
The risk of exhaust gas

For carbon monoxide


The exhaust gas of the car contains carbon monoxide. If you properly maintain your car, you do not have that 1 For carbon monoxide

carbon monoxide enters the car.


In the case of the following, please have it inspected by a leak there is no or Honda dealer of the exhaust gas.
w
Avoid work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.

■ If the inspection is required

• If you feel an abnormality in the exhaust sound Carbon monoxide is poisonous. Or become aware of
Buirado of all safe
• Car collides, when the exhaust system might have damaged the unknown and draw in carbon monoxide, there is a
death or be Ruosore. Work and in a closed location, Do
not work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.

In the location of snowfall or when the snow, not leave the

engine running.

When the exhaust gas by the snow that was piled up around comes

into the car to the residence, there is a risk of leading to serious injury

or death.

An enclosed space such as a garage, there is a risk of carbon

monoxide is filled suddenly.

Please do not start the engine while closing the garage door. Even

if the door is open, please start the engine just before issuing the

car from the garage.

60
Look of the instrument the way

In this chapter, a switch, a warning light and display light to be used in the operation, in meters, Seki

Information has been described to be.

Warning lights and indicator lights

Warning light ................................................ ... 62

Indicator light................................................ ... 73

Multi-information display ✤
Of warning message ............................... 81

Meter and information display


Meter ............................................... 87

Information Display ✤ ...... 89

Multi-information display ✤ .. 92

61
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Warning lights and indicator lights

Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • When also be lit to release the parking brake or
seconds and you, turn off (can that over lights while driving, check the brake fluid, please
the par parking brake is on) immediately received a check in the Honda
dealer if you have fewer than the lower limit.
• Lights when the brake fluid amount is
Taka look of the vessel meter
Brake warning light reduced • Even if it is turned on ABS warning light at the same time,
(red) please have it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.

2 Brake warning light (red) is lit

P.318

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

62
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • The system does not work because of the failure.

seconds and you, off • When you light up while driving, be sure to immediately
• ABS, VSA, ACC ✤ , CMBS ✤ , City brake receive a check in the Honda dealer.
active system ✤ Lights when either is
abnormal of • City brake active indicator ✤ When lit at the same
Taka look of the vessel meter
time, City brake active system ✤ It does not work

Brake system motion out of order. Please have it inspected by

warning light Honda dealer.

(orange)
2 City brake active system ✤

P.237

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 63


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 It lights up when you, • Lights while driving = To stop the car immediately in
turn off the engine start-up a safe place, please deal.
Hydraulic pressure warning light• During engine, lighting and the pressure of the 2 Hydraulic pressure warning light is illuminated P.317

oil that lubricates the internal engine is reduced

Taka look of the vessel meter

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 Lights up when you, when • Lights while driving = Sai that we have it inspected at the Honda

you have not started the off engine in the engine dealer to avoid the high-speed running just on the ground.

start-up off after a few tens of seconds

• Flashing while driving = Stops in the name not a safe place of


PGM-FI warning lamp
• Lighting that there is an abnormality in the exhaust gas combustible materials, such as Bacillus subtilis, wait Kedah

control system of the engine again to cool down and stop the engine for more than 10

• Flashes when a misfire state of the engine each cylinder minutes.

was detected knowledge 2 PGM-FI warning lamp is lit / flashing P.318

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 It lights up when you, • Lights while driving = In order to reduce the consumption
turn off the engine start-up of electricity, to OFF etc. air conditioning and
Charge warning light
• It lights up when the battery is not being charged Riyadefurosuta, please deal.
2 Charge warning lamp is lit P.317

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

64
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

Trance • Transmission is flashing-out door of abnormal • If you blink while driving, sudden acceleration, so as to avoid the

Mission warning light sudden acceleration, please have it inspected at the Honda

(select Position dealer immediately.

Indicator)

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 To when, and not • If you wear a seat belt properly buzzer Gayami, Taka look of the vessel meter

wearing a seat belt of the driver's seat Ri the warning light will go off.
buzzer sounds, while the buzzer is • If you can not wear a seat belt properly warning
sounding flashing warning light lamp is lit, it could be factors such as erroneous
detection of the sensor.
Seat belt non-wearing
• Lighting after a few seconds If you do not wear a seat 2 Seat belt reminder P.25
warning light
belt in the front passenger seat

• If during the running not wearing a seat belt of the

driver's seat or the passenger seat buzzer sounds,

while the buzzer is sounding flashing warning light

• After the lights for several seconds when the power • If you like the following, please have it inspected at the
mode to ON mode, Off Honda dealer immediately.
Honda smart key
• Honda smart key system is turned on at the time of • It lights up during operation
system warning light ✤
abnormal • Also it does not turn off after the engine is started

• It lit for a few seconds to come to have the power mode to

the OFF mode

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 65


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• Lights when the remaining amount of the fuel is low • Please refueling as soon as possible Once you have turned on.

• Lighting to the remaining amount is about 8 • When flashes, please have it inspected at the Honda
liters that remains in the tank (2WD car), dealer immediately.
but when it is 7 liters (REAL TIME AWD
Fuel level warning light
vehicles).
Taka look of the vessel meter
• Flashes when there is an abnormality in the fuel gauge

• After the lights for several seconds when the power • For more information, please refer to the "ACC" instruction
ACC (ADAPTIVE
mode to ON mode, Off manual of separate volume.
Cruise Control)
warning light ✤ • When the ACC system is abnormal, lit in
orange

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • When lit, please have it inspected at the Honda
ABS (antilock click
seconds and you, off dealer immediately.
brake system) warning
• Lights when ABS is abnormal 2 ABS (anti-lock brake system) P.234
light

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

66
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • Steady, or no lit If not, please have it inspected
seconds and you, off at the Honda dealer immediately.
Air bag system
• Lights when the following
warning light
• Abnormality of the air bag system

• Abnormality of the pre-tensioner system


Taka look of the vessel meter

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • When lit during the operation, you should immediately
seconds and you, off receive a check in the Honda dealer. It should be noted
• Flashing when the VSA is working that the performance of the normal brake function, even
VSA (Bikurusu data
• Brake assist system, VSA system, Hill if the lights are reserved.
Stability Assist) warning
Start Assist system, starting auxiliary
light
brake function ✤ Lights when either is 2 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) P.227

abnormal of

2 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)


The VSA OFF warning lightAfter
• engine a few seconds
lighting switch ( w ※and,
1 Tooff ─
P.227
• Lights when the VSA to the OFF

• After the lights for several seconds when the power • If you turned on during the operation, lit the light, off is
Automatic light
mode to ON mode, Off carried out manually, please have it inspected at the Honda
control warning ─
light ✤ • Lights when auto light control system is dealer immediately.

abnormal

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 67


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• When the door is closed, the engine switch ( w ※ 1 After


• When the door completely closed, the warning light will go off.
Multi-info mation Display
you have lit a few seconds point If you, off
non-vehicles

• Lights when the door is not completely closed
Door warning light
Taka look of the vessel meter

Multi-info mation Display • When the door / tailgate is closed, after lights • When fully close the door / tailgate, the warning
vehicles for several seconds when the power mode to light will go off.
ON mode, Off
Door / Teruge door opening
• Lights when the door / tailgate is not fully
and closing warning light
closed waiting

Multi-info mation Display • When the tailgate is closed, the engine • When fully closing the tail gate, the warning light
non-vehicles switch ( w ※ 1 After that and it lit a few will go off.
seconds be in, off ─
Open closed warning light • Lights when the tailgate is not completely
tailgate closed

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

68
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• After the lights for several seconds when the power • Steady, or no lighting and no case is, the Meinsu switch
mode to ON mode, Off on the power sliding door in the OFF, opening and
Power sliding door
warning light ✤ • Lights when the power sliding door system closing of the door is carried out manually, please have ─
is abnormal it inspected immediately Honda dealer.

Taka look of the vessel meter

Honda smart key • When the battery remaining amount of the Honda smart
battery warning light ✤ key is low, warning sound at the same time lighting 2 How to replace batteries P.287 ─

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 It lights up when you, • Steady, or no lit If not, please have it inspected
EPS (electric power turn off the engine start-up at the Honda dealer immediately.
steering) system • Lighting that there is an abnormality in the function of the

warning light EPS system 2 EPS (electric power steering) system

Beam warning light is lit P.319

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • Flashing while driving = Be sure to slowly traveling.
seconds and you, off
• Flashes and above that temperature of cooling water for • Lights while driving = Immediately safe to stop the car in
High water the engine is further increased when lit. a place, again that will cool the engine.
temperature warning light (red)

2 overheat P.316

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 69


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 1
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• After the lights for several seconds when the power • If you want to light up in order to not to OFF, a
mode to ON mode, Off number of reasons.
CMBS (collision mitigation
• Lit when you are in the OFF the CMBS 2 CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤ P.245
brake) warning light ✤

• Lights when there is an abnormality in the CMBS


Taka look of the vessel meter

• The power mode lights up when you ON mode, • While stepping on the brake, the differences that will

turn off the engine start-up ENGINE START / STOP


continue to press for about 15 seconds until the engine is
Starter system • Starter system is lit-out door of abnormal
warning light ✤ started. If and lit again when you do not turn off, please have ─

it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.

• Select lever ( P When other than, lighting • It is when you want the power mode to the OFF
and power mode is in ON mode to
mode, the selector lever ( P In to, please press 2
accessories mode
Select position ( P times to not step on the brake.
ENGINE START / STOP

• During the idling stop, lighting and open ─


Movement warning light ✤ and bonnet • If you want to start the engine, be sure to the
start-up operation of the normal engine.

2 The start of the engine P.208

※ 1: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

70
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 2
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • Lights while driving = Ri Do in the running in the front-wheel drive.

seconds and you, off Sudden acceleration, avoiding sudden acceleration, was please

• Lights when AWD system is abnormal have it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.

• Flashing when the AWD system is


overheating • Flashing while driving = Ri Do in the running in the
Taka look of the vessel meter
AWD (Oruho yield live) front-wheel drive. Parked the car in a safe place, and in
system warning light ✤ P
the back Rekutoreba, performs irregular idling operation,
please wait until it is turned off. If you do not go off, again
that we have it inspected at the Honda dealer
immediately.

2 REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel-de

Raibingu) system ✤ P.228

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 71


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Warning light

message ※ 1
Warning light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• After the lights for several seconds when the power

mode to ON mode, Off 2 Blind spot informational cane

• OFF Then turn on the setting of the blind Down ✤ P.229

spot info mation

Taka look of the vessel meter


• Mud, lighting and snow or ice accumulation around • Sure to remove the deposits around the sensor.
Blind spot Toinfome
the sensor
Deployment warning
light ✤

• Blind spot the Information


Please have it inspected by lighting • Honda dealer when there is an abnormality in the Deployment.

Idling stop system • After the lights for several seconds when the power • When lit, please immediately received a check in
warning light (orange) ✤ mode to ON mode, Off the Honda dealer.
• Lights when the idling stop system there is
an abnormality

※ 1: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

72
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

Indicator light

message
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• It corresponds to the direction indicator, the left and right • When the period of blinking / not blinking is fast, it has

either of these levels blinking expired bulb direction indicator. Please replace the light

• When you press the emergency flashing indicator light bulb to the immediately.
Turn signal / emergency
switch, left and right flashing at the same time 2 Replacing the light bulb P.271, 273, 274 ─
flashing lights
• When the kick or a sudden brake while traveling at a
Taka look of the vessel meter
high speed, left and right flashing at the same time 2 Emergency stop signal

P.236

And was a high-beam indicator light • headlight upward ─ ─


It lights up

• The light switch is turned on in-out door other than OFF • When you pull out or key that you turn on the light / the power
✤ Car width when the
Light lighting ( AUTO mode to OFF mode, you will hear a light forgetting to turn off the

display lights Lights up when the light lit) warning buzzer when I opened the door of the driver's seat.

Fog lights lighting • Lights and turn on the fog lights


display lights ✤ ─ ─

Continued on next page 73


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 If you momentarily lit, • Of the moment lighting is not unusual.
immediately turn off • When is blinking, you will not be able to start the
• It blinks when the immobilizer system can not engine.
recognize the information of the key Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

Once the engine switch ( 0 From the removal of


Taka look of the vessel meter
the times and the key to, plug in again engine
switch ( w Be sure to to.

Honda smart key system vehicles

Immobilizer system Once from in the OFF mode the power mode,

indicator light please again ON mode.

• If you frequently repeat the flashing indicator light, please have it

inspected at the Honda dealer because the abnormality of the

system will be considered.

• ENGINE START / STOP Switch-et


Near the down gin switch, if there is another key
and metal immobilizer system is it may not be to
read the information of the key.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

74
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• Upon detection of an abnormality, the • When a message is displayed on the multi-informational


message to the multi-in conformation display cane down display, indicator lights, refer to the
appears. It sounds at the same time warning appropriate page of the warning light, please make the
sound At this time, lit necessary treatment.
• Message, or a warning is canceled, does not
Taka look of the vessel meter
Lee down off O menu return to the normal display until you press the
Activation indicator ✤ ─
Information
34 () switch (/).

• When you press the Information sucrose down ()


switch (/) when it is lit, 3you
4 can be made to
re-display the message.

• Press the cruise switch, it lights up when


Cruise main indicator
light ✤ you turn ON the cruise control 2 Cruise control ✤ P.224 ─

Cruise control • It lights up when the vehicle is traveling with automatic


indicator light ✤ 2 Cruise control ✤ P.224 ─
constant speed in cruise control

• Flashes when the security alarm system


Indicator light Security alarm system
has been set
actuation indicator lamp ✤ 2 Security alarm system ✤ P.140 ─

Continued on next page 75


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message ※ 2
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• Press the MAIN switch, illuminated in • For more information, please refer to the "ACC" instruction
ACC (ADAPTIVE
white color in multi-info mation in the manual of separate volume.
Cruise Control) ─
indicator ✤ display is set to ON the ACC

Taka look of the vessel meter • Position lights of the current selector lever
Select position with the
2 Shift operation P.215 ─
remote indicator lights

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few • In a state where the warm-up to enough, when the left
Low water temperature seconds and you, off indicator light is lit, you will be considered any abnormal

indicator (blue) • It lights up when the temperature of the engine cooling temperature sensor. Please have it inspected by Honda
water is low dealer.

• The engine switch ( w ※ 1 After lighting a few


seconds and you, off
ECON indicator light 2 ECON switch P.223
• Press the ECON switch, it lights up when you
ECON mode

• It lights up when the idling stop system is


Idling stop indicator
activated, was idling stock-flops
(green) ✤ 2 Idling stop system ✤ P.219

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

※ 2: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

76
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

• For the depression of the brake pedal is • Do depresses the brake pedal.
Brake depression lack of
indicator lights ✤ no Ri foot, lights up when not idling Stop ─

Handle operation • Lights when the lock handle is not • ENGINE START / STOP . However, such press
indicator ✤ ─ Taka look of the vessel meter
released Et al., And move the handle to the left and right.

• After the lights for several seconds when the power


─ ─
mode to ON mode, Off

Multi-information display non-vehicles • Please keep enough distance between vehicles by, for example,
City brake active deceleration. Alarm and vehicle-to-vehicle distance is ensured
indicator ✤ • Buzzer intermittently sound indicator lamp flashes when will disappear.
there is a possibility of a collision • If there is a risk of collision, it takes a brake ─
• When the vehicle is stopped by the system, the automatically.
buzzer sounds ceased, then it blinks Table 示灯 2 City brake active system ✤

10 seconds, off P.237

Continued on next page 77


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message ※ 1
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

Multi-information display non-vehicles

• Lighting to stop the system with the CTBA 2 City brake active system ✤

OFF switch P.237

• Off to the system to create dynamic state by


Taka look of the vessel meter
City brake active pressing the switch
indicator ✤
Multi-information display vehicles

2 City brake active system ✤


• Stop Then turn on the system with a
P.237
customized
2 How to customize P.98
• Off to the operating state of the system with a
customized

※ 1: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

78
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message ※ 1
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

Multi-information display non-vehicles • While the vehicle is running please remove the shield of
dirty Lenado in the washer and wiper.
• Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass

top, flashes when there is ice, is an obstacle, such as • And stop in a safe place, please wipe the shielding ─
frost material such as dirt on the front glass in the vicinity
Taka look of the vessel meter
• Rain, fog, you may also flashes when the bad of the laser sensor.
weather, such as snow 2 City brake active system ✤

P.237
Multi-information display vehicles
• When the shield is fall the system will return the island.

• Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass


City brake active top, lighting when there is ice, is an obstacle, such as
indicator ✤ frost

• Rain, fog, might also be on when the bad


weather, such as snow

Multi-information display non-vehicles • Sure to take the cloudy and stop in a safe place.


• You may flash and the glass inside in the vicinity 2 Front and side fogging of the glass (Defurosu

of the laser sensor cloudy Use of Tha) type P.195

Multi-information display vehicles

• It may light up the glass inside in the vicinity


of the laser sensor cloudy

※ 1: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

Continued on next page 79


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Indicator light

message ※ 1
Indicator light name Situation to be turned on / Flashing knowledge Multi-information display

vehicles

Multi-information display non-vehicles • And stop in a safe place, please remove the
snow on the bonnet.

• It may flash to Rutoki have such as snow
accumulated on the bonnet

Taka look of the vessel meter Multi-information display vehicles

• It may light up to Rutoki have such as snow


accumulated on the bonnet

Multi-information display non-vehicles • By, for example, lowering the room temperature in the

City brake active air-conditioned, again that will lower the temperature in the

indicator ✤ • There is that the temperature in the vicinity of vicinity of the laser-user sensor on the front glass top. ─
laser-user sensor on the front glass top is
flashing and the higher
• When the temperature goes down the system will return.

Multi-information display vehicles

• There is that the temperature in the vicinity of


laser-user sensor on the front glass top is
illuminated with higher

• Both lights and there is an abnormality in the • The system does not work. Please have it
system brake system warning light and (orange) inspected by Honda dealer.

※ 1: The message is displayed on the multi-information display.

80
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages


The following warning message will be displayed only on the multi-information display. Please press the
Information () switch (/) when to re-display. 34

Warning message The status displayed advice

• When the power mode is ON mode, the outside air temperature is 3 ° C. or less when the display

only once
-

Taka look of the vessel meter


• If there is an abnormality in the automatic light control system display • appears during operation, the point of light
Lights, turned off is carried out manually, please have it inspected

by Honda dealer.
2 Light switch P.154

• Displayed when power mode is the mode accessories

• In the power mode is ON mode, taking out the Honda smart key in the car outside, when you • Closing the door to return the Honda scan Matoki within the

close the door, at the same time display a warning sound operating range of the power mode ON, a warning is canceled.
2 Honda smart key carry-off warning P.149

• When the battery remaining amount of the Honda smart key is low, at the same time display a

warning sound 2 Keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart

Handling and battery exchange of hotkey P.287

Continued on next page 81


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Warning message The status displayed advice

CMBS vehicles

• When there is a risk of collision to the front of the vehicle, simultaneously on the display and alarm buzzer
2 CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤ P.245

CMBS vehicles

• The front grill is dirty display when the radar sensor is difficult to detect the front of the
Taka look of the vessel meter 2 CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤ P.245
vehicle

City brake active system vehicles • Please keep enough distance between vehicles by, for example,

• Buzzer intermittent sound warning flashes when there is a possibility of a collision deceleration. Alarm and vehicle-to-vehicle distance is ensured

will disappear.

• If there is a risk of collision, it takes a brake


automatically.
City brake active system vehicles
2 City brake active system ✤
• When the vehicle is stopped by the system, you buzzer sounds ceased message
P.237
instead.

• When the select lever is P


other than, to the customized settings of the
multi-information display Display
2 How to customize P.98

82
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Warning message The status displayed advice

• It shows that there is an abnormality in the function of the low-beam headlights • If you see while driving, you should immediately
receive a check in the Honda dealer.

• Display when the lock handle is not released • While moving the handle to the left and right

ENGINE START / STOP Press Do


Taka look of the vessel meter
There.

• -Out door select lever is non-power mode is in the ON mode, P • When you want the power mode to OFF mode,
ENGINE START / STOP Appears when you press the P
and in the select lever, press the without going

through blanking Rekipedaru twice.


ENGINE START / STOP

• When there is no in the car or when Honda smart key battery remaining amount of the Honda smart

key is low, at the same time display a warning sound 2 Honda smart key ✤ The battery runs out of

Can P.311

• After being displayed as "Please touch the switch in the key", the Honda scan Matoki
ENGINE START / STOP Table After a few seconds in contact with the
2 ENGINE START / STOP switch
Shows
P.147
u After that,: the "engine start pressing the switch stepping on the brake."
It shows.

Continued on next page 83


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Warning message The status displayed advice

• Displayed when the power sliding door system is abnormal • And the main switch of the power sliding door to OFF, the

opening and closing of the door manually in the stomach line,

please immediately received a check in the Honda dealer.

Taka look of the vessel meter

• Displayed when the hood is not completely closed • Please completely close the hood.

• Displayed when the starter system is abnormal • While stepping on the brake, the differences that will continue to

ENGINE START / STOP


press for about 15 seconds until the engine is started. If you

display and again when the display does not disappear, please

have it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.

• For some reason, the table shows when you can not idling stop

2 Idling stop system ✤ P.219


• Displayed when the engine is automatically restarted

• Display when the internal temperature of the battery is 5 ℃ below

84
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Warning message The status displayed advice

• Displayed when that can not be idling stop charging a small amount of the state of the battery • Battery also may be displayed have been fully
charged. Display will disappear for a while
traveling.
• Battery or after the charging of, the If this display
came out after the jump Start, battery - Remove
the terminal, again battery - Connect the cable to
the terminal, be sure to operation for a few
minutes There. Taka look of the vessel meter

2 Idling stop system ✤ P.219

• The temperature difference between the set temperature and the interior in air conditioning use is large,

displayed when you can not idling stop


2 Idling stop system ✤ P.219

• When the water temperature of the engine cooling water is low, or higher display when
unable idling stop
2 Idling stop system ✤ P.219

• Since the depression of the brake pedal is not enough, displayed when not • Do depresses the brake pedal.
idling Stop

Continued on next page 85


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Warning lights and indicator lights u Multi-information display ✤ Warning messages

Warning message The status displayed advice

• Select lever ( P Other than the engine is stopped at the time of the display when, does not • It is when you want the power mode to the OFF
automatically restart mode, the selector lever ( P It will please you to.
• During the idling stop, lighting and open and bonnet
• If you want to start the engine, please refer to the start-up
operation of the normal engine.
2 The start of the engine P.208

Taka look of the vessel meter • During the idling stop, displayed when equal to or less than the state • Engine will restart automatically after a few seconds.
• When the amount of charge of the battery is low
• When the internal temperature of the battery has become 5 ℃ or less

• During the idling stop, displayed when equal to or less than the state • Engine will restart automatically after a few seconds.
• In use the air conditioning, a large temperature difference between the set temperature and the interior

• High car humidity

• During idling stop, the display when the engine for the following state does not • Please restart the engine.
automatically restart 2 The start of the engine P.208

• Bonnet is open
• Abnormalities of the system that can not continue the idling stop

CMBS vehicles • Please have it inspected at the Honda dealer


• Display at the time of abnormal E- pretensioner system immediately.

86
Meter and information display

Meter
The meter, there is a type, such as speedometer, fuel gauge. Engine switch ( w ※ 1 It
will be displayed when.

■ Speedometer
It displays the speed in km / h.

1 Fuel gauge
■ Fuel gauge
advice
Remaining in the fuel tank, and displays the amount of fuel. Engine Taka look of the vessel meter
When the fuel gauge
E is close to, sure to oil supply as soon as possible.
switch ※ 1 It will be displayed II
when.

When the fuel runs Ri no longer ignited the engine, it may damage

the catalytic converter.

And the actual fuel remaining amount, the amount that is displayed

may vary because the meter, please note.

1 Tachometer
■ Tachometer
advice
It displays the engine revolutions per minute.
Please drive so as not to enter the above limit speed (red zone) as

it can cause engine failure.

In particular, when shifting down during high-speed driving, please

be careful.

When the selector lever is inRor, when the racing is, even at a low

rotational speed than limit the number of revolutions of the engine,

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch fuel supply is stopped for the transmission protection.

ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.


Continued on next page 87
uu Meter and information display u Meter

1 clock
■ clock
Honda Inter navi system vehicles
Time is displayed.
Customization of details, refer to the separate "Honda internetwork
Honda Inter navigation system-equipped vehicles
navigation system" manual.
Watch, you can be a time-time adjustment or change the clock display in the information display (24h
/ 12h).
2 Set the time P.109

Taka look of the vessel meter

88
uu Meter and information display u Information Display ✤

Information Display ✤
The Information display, odometer, and trip meter, such as the outside temperature display is
displayed.

■ Display of switching how


Each time you press the select / reset knob, the display will change as follows.

knob

Taka look of the vessel meter

TRIP B, outside temperature display select / reset

Clock display, instantaneous fuel consumption display, odometer, TRIP A, display, average fuel consumption display B (AVG),
Clock adjustment ✤

outside temperature display

Clock display, instantaneous fuel consumption


Clock display, instantaneous fuel consumption display, cruising distance display
(RANGE), TRIP A, outside temperature display

Clock display, instantaneous fuel consumption


display, average fuel consumption display A
(AVG), TRIP A, outside temperature display

Continued on next page 89


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Meter and information display u Information Display ✤

■ odometer
It will be displayed in km of the total of the distance traveled.

■ Drip meter 1 Drip meter

Trip A and trip B is switched by pressing the select / reset knob.


It displays the distance traveled since reset by km.
And the trip A, there is a trip B, it is possible to know the two of mileage for measuring independently of
each other.
When the trip meter mileage exceeds 9999.9km, to return to the
Taka look of the vessel meter
0.0km.
■ To reset the trip meter
In a state in which the trip meter is displayed, please press and hold the select / reset knob. Trip
meter is reset to 0.0.

1 Outside temperature display


■ Outside temperature display
Temperature sensors are attached to the vicinity of the front bumper.
It displays to measure the outside temperature.

When speed is less of about 30km / h, temperature that is displayed is, the
■ To correct the outside temperature display
road surface of the heat, the engine heat, is subject to the influence of the
If there is a difference between the display temperature of the outside air temperature and the meter, it can be corrected in the range of
exhaust gas around the car. In addition, since the reading of the temperature
± 3 ℃.
is not updated until it is stabilized, it may take a few minutes to a temperature
To correction, press and hold the select / reset knob, and release the select / reset knob When you see the display of the update.

correction value you want to set.

Correction of the external temperature display, please go from the temperature

is stable.

90
uu Meter and information display u Information Display ✤

■ Instantaneous fuel consumption display

It will be displayed in km / l in the instantaneous fuel consumption bar graph.

1 The average fuel consumption display (AVG)


■ The average fuel consumption display (AVG)
The average fuel economy that is displayed, and was actually traveling fuel
In conjunction trip meter A, and B, and display updated each of the average fuel consumption per a certain period of time in the
consumption may vary.
km / l.

When you reset the trip meter, it will also be reset at the same time average fuel consumption display.
If you reset during standstill or low speed traveling, to start the calculation
Taka look of the vessel meter
of the fuel consumption from the start of running.

1 Cruising distance display (RANGE)


■ Cruising distance display (RANGE)
Cruising distance to be displayed, is actually cruising distance might
The average fuel consumption and fuel remaining amount will be displayed in km an estimated cruising distance to the original.
be different.

91
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

Multi-information display ✤
Odometer, trip meter, outside temperature display, such as fuel consumption information is displayed. In addition, to

detect the abnormal warning message is displayed.

■ Display of switching how


■ The main display
Information () switch (/) or 34 SEL / RESET Each time you press the,

Display will change as follows.

Taka look of the vessel meter

Display The average fuel Cruising


consumption display / instantaneous fuel consumption
distancedisplay
display

display OFF

Vehicle setting The average vehicle speed display Display the elapsed time

SEL / RESET switch

Information () switch (/)


34

92
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ The sub-display
SEL / RESET Screen changes each time you press the.

Odometer trip A Trip B

Taka look of the vessel meter

SEL / RESET switch

Continued on next page 93


uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ odometer
It will be displayed in km of the total of the distance traveled.

■ Drip meter 1 Drip meter

When the trip meter mileage exceeds 9999.9km, to return to the


It displays the distance traveled since reset by km.
0.0km.
And the trip meter A, there is a trip meter B, it is possible to know the two of mileage for measuring
independently of each other.
Trip meter A and trip meter B is,
Taka look of the vessel meter
SEL / RESET Or select / reset Roh
■ To reset the trip meter It can be switched by pressing the drive.
In a state in which the trip meter you want to reset is displayed, SEL / RESET Or
Please press and hold the select / reset knob. Trip meter is reset to 0.0.

■ Instantaneous fuel consumption display

It will be displayed in km / l in the instantaneous fuel consumption bar graph.


1 The average fuel consumption display

The average fuel economy that is displayed, and was actually traveling fuel
■ The average fuel consumption display
consumption may vary.
In conjunction trip meter A, and B, and display updated each of the average fuel consumption per a certain period of time in the

km / l. If you reset during standstill or low speed traveling, to start the calculation

Trip meter A, and to reset the B, average fuel consumption display A, B, average vehicle speed display A, B, elapsed time of the fuel consumption from the start of running.

display A, B will also be reset at the same time.

Trip meter A, the average fuel consumption display A, B and in

conjunction with the refueling it can automatically reset the B.

2 Customization features P.96

94
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ Cruising distance display 1 Cruising distance display

The average fuel consumption and fuel remaining amount will be displayed in km an estimated cruising distance to the original. Cruising distance to be displayed, is actually cruising distance might
be different.

1 Display the elapsed time


■ Display the elapsed time
Elapsed time display can display up to 59 minutes 99 hours. Trip
Trip meter A, and displays the elapsed time from the reset B.
meter A, B and the elapsed time display A, you can automatically

reset the B in conjunction with the refueling.


Taka look of the vessel meter

2 Customization features P.96

1 The average vehicle speed display


■ The average vehicle speed display
Trip meter A, the average vehicle speed display A, B and in
To display the trip meter A, the average vehicle speed from the Reset the B in km / h.
conjunction with the refueling it can automatically reset the B.

2 Customization features P.96

■ Outside temperature display


1 Outside temperature display
It displays to measure the outside temperature.
Temperature sensors are attached to the vicinity of the front bumper.

■ To correct the outside temperature display


When speed is less of about 30km / h, temperature that is displayed is, the
If there is a difference between the display temperature of the outside air temperature and the meter, it can be corrected in the range of
road surface of the heat, the engine heat, is subject to the influence of the
± 3 ℃.
exhaust gas around the car. In addition, since the reading of the temperature
To compensate, you can use the customization features of the multi-information display. is not updated until it is stabilized, it may take a few minutes to a temperature

display of the update.

2 Customization features P.96

Correction of the external temperature display, please go from the temperature

is stable.

Continued on next page 95


uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ Customization features
Using the multi-information display, you can to fit in your favorite table below function to customize
(change).

Customization features Settings that can be selected

Driving support system settings CMBS alarm distance ✤ Far, Normal ※ , Near
City brake active system ✤ Working ※ , Non-operating

ACC preceding inspection thiine ✤ There ※ ,None


Taka look of the vessel meter Blind spot system settings Alarm sound / alarm display ※ , Alarm display, OFF

Meter Settings Outside temperature display correction - 3 ℃ ~ ± 0 ℃ ※ ~ +3 ℃


TRIP A automatic reset timing Refueling interlocking, IGN OFF interlocking, manual only ※

TRIP B automatic reset timing Refueling interlocking, IGN OFF interlocking, manual only ※

Ambient meter illumination color change settings ON ※ , OFF idling


stop state display ON ※ , OFF
Intersection guidance display ON ※ , OFF
Driving position set ✤ E- pretensioner ON ※ , OFF
Honda smart key system settings Answer back buzzer volume Big ※ ,small

Door handle operation answer-back buzzer working ※ , Non-operating

※: Setting the factory default

96
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

Customization features Settings that can be selected

Lighting set Interior Light lighting time 60 seconds, 30 seconds ※ ,15 seconds

Auto light sensitivity MAX, HIGH, MID ※ , LOW, MIN


Door set Automatic door lock linkage function Vehicle speed interlocking ※ , Shift linkage, non-interlocked

Automatic door unlock linkage function Shift interlock ※ , IGN OFF linked, non-interlocked

Keyless answerback Working ※ , Non-operating

Keyless re-lock time 90 seconds, 60 seconds, 30 seconds ※

Security features Working ※ , Non-operating


Taka look of the vessel meter
Factory default settings Stop, run

※: Setting the factory default

Continued on next page 97


uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

1 How to customize
■ How to customize
2 Customize operation list P.99
When the selector lever is in power mode is in the ON mode,
P press the Information () switch (/) and
2 Customizations example P.106
then select the "vehicle
3 4settings". And SEL / RESET The

When you operate, you place Ri switch to "customize group" screen that can be customized.

Taka look of the vessel meter

Multi-information display

SEL / RESET switch

Information () switch (/)


34

98
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ Customize operation list


Switch the menu or settings in the Information
3 4 () switch (/), SEL / RESET And press to determine.

Far

Normal ※
Driving support system
Vehicle set SEL / RESET SEL / RESET CMBS alarm distance ✤ SEL / RESET
Configuration
Back

Near

▼ Working ※ Taka look of the vessel meter

City brake active system ✤ SEL / RESET Non-operating


Return

▼ There ※

ACC preceding inspection thiine ✤ SEL / RESET None


▼ ▼ ▼ ▼▼

Back alarm sound / alarm

▼ display ※

Alarm display
Blind spot system settings SEL / RESET
▼ OFF

Return

Return

Continued on next page ※ set of factory value

Continued on next page 99


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

- 3 ℃ ~ ± 0 ℃ ※ ~ +3 ℃
- 3 ℃ ~ + 3 at ° C. of range
configurable in steps of 1 ℃
Meter Settings SEL / RESET Outside temperature display correction SEL / RESET

Return

▼ Refueling interlocking

IGN OFF interlocking

Taka look of the vessel meter


TRIP A automatic reset timing SEL / RESET
▼ Manual only ※

Return

▼ Refueling interlocking

IGN OFF interlocking


TRIP B automatic reset timing SEL / RESET
▼ ▼▼ ▼ ▼ Manual only ※

Return

▼ ON ※

Ambient meter illumination color change set SEL / RESET OFF


Return

Continued on next page ※ set of factory value

100
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

ON ※

Idling stop state display SEL / RESET OFF


▼ ▼

Return

▼ ON ※
Taka look of the vessel meter

guidance display to return SEL / RESET OFF


Return
▼▼

Intersection

ON ※

Driving position set ✤


SEL / RESET E- pretensioner SEL / RESET OFF

Return

Return

Continued on next page ※ set of factory value

Continued on next page 101


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

▼ Big ※

Honda smart key system settings SEL /


RESET Answer back buzzer volume SEL / RESET small

Return


Working ※

Taka look of the vessel meter



Door handle operation answer-back buzzer SEL / RESET Non-operating

Return

Return

▼ ▼

Continued on next page ※ set of factory value

102
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

60 seconds

30 seconds ※
Lighting set SEL / RESET Interior Light lighting time SEL / RESET
▼ 15 seconds

Return

MAX

HIGH
Taka look of the vessel meter
▼ MID ※
Auto light sensitivity SEL / RESET
▼ LOW

MIN

Return

Return
▼ ▼

Continued on next page ※ set of factory value

Continued on next page 103


uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

Vehicle speed interlocking ※

Shift interlock
Door set SEL / RESET Automatic door lock linkage function SEL / RESET
▼ Unsynchronized

Return

Shift interlock ※

IGN OFF interlocking


Taka look of the vessel meter Automatic door unlock linkage function SEL / RESET
▼ Unsynchronized

Return

▼ Working ※

answerback SEL / RESET Non-operating


▼ ▼▼ ▼ ▼

Back 90

▼ seconds

60 seconds
Keyless re-lock time SEL / RESET
▼ 30 seconds ※

Return

▼ Working ※

Security features SEL / RESET Non-operating


Return
▼▼

Continued on next page Back keyless ※ set of factory value

104
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

Discontinuation

Factory default settings SEL / RESET


▼ ▼

Execution

▼▼

Taka look of the vessel meter


Return

Continued on next page 105


uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

■ Customizations example
For example, in the case of the "TRIP A automatic reset timing" to "refueling Integration", set in the steps below.

"TRIP A automatic reset timing" is the setting of the factory has become a "manual only".

1. Information () switch (/ 3
Four ) Press, et al that "vehicle setting" is displayed,

SEL / RESET To manipulate.


Taka look of the vessel meter
u Conversion cut to "customize group" screen
Wari, you'll see the "driving support system
setting", press the Information () switch (/), and
then select the "Meter
3 4Settings".

2. SEL / RESET To manipulate.


u Conversion cut to "customize menu" screen
Wari, will be the first to see the "outside temperature display

correction".

106
uu Meter and information display u Multi-information display ✤

3. Information () switch (/ 3
Four ) Press, When the "TRIP A automatic reset
timing" is displayed, SEL / RESET Misao the

To work.
u Switch to "Customizing Setup" screen
Ri instead, "fueling linkage", "IGN OFF continuous motion",

"manual only" can be selected.

Taka look of the vessel meter


Four. Ensure that the "refueling linkage" is selected

And, SEL / RESET To manipulate.

u Screen that "was set to refueling Control"


After being displayed, to return to the "Customize menu"
screen.

Five. Information () switch (/ 3


Four ) The press, "back that" has been Viewing et al.,

SEL / RESET To manipulate.


6. Step 5 Repeat until the return operation of the normal screen

return.

107
Operation of each part

In this chapter, we describe each part of the method of operation necessary for the operation.

Time setting of .............................................. 109 Opening and closing of the window ................................... 142 Regulation ...................................... of the mirror such 161

Locking and unlocking of the door Switch operation around the handle Regulation .......................................... of sheet 164
Kind of keys function ............................... 111 ENGINE START / STOP switch ...... 147 Headrest ...................................... 175
Of the door at the outside of the vehicle locking / unlocking ................. 115 Engine switch ............................... 151 Armrest ...................................... 178
Locking / unlocking ............................ in the car 121 Direction indicator (blinker switch) ...... 152 Interior lights / indoor equipment ............................... 180
Child proof ............................ one two three Active cornering light ✤ ........ 153 Air conditioning

Auto door lock / Light switch ................................... 154 Air outlet ........................ of air conditioning 191
Auto door unlock ...................... 124 Fog light switch ✤ ...................... 155 Use of automatic air conditioning how ................. 192
Opening and closing of the tail gate ............................... 130 Headlight leveling dial ✤ .... 156 The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤ ...................... 198
Opening and closing of the slide door ............................... 131 Wiper / washer ..................... 157 Rear seat cooler ✤ ................................. 200
Easy door closers ✤ .................. 139 Illumination control .......... 159

Security system Rear defroster switch / Hiteddodo A mirror switch ✤ ........................... 160
Immobilizer system .................... 140
Security alarm system ✤ ........ 140 Regulation ................................... of the handle 160
108
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Set the time

Honda Inter navi system vehicles

Since the clock is using the information from the artificial satellite, time alignment is not required.

Multi-information display vehicles

clock
Department of Sakumisao each
Multi-information display non-vehicles

clock

109
uu Set the time u Adjust the time of the clock

Honda Inter navigation system-equipped vehicles

Adjust the time of the clock

Multi-information display non-vehicles

The clock will be displayed in the information display.

Clock Display
1. Press the select / reset knob, watch tone
To section display.

u "Hour", "minute" flashes.


2. Turn the select / reset knob, the time
match.
Turn to the right: "Minute" and then proceed.

u And when it is more than "59", "time" is 1 hour ahead.


Department of Sakumisao each
12H / 24H display Turn to the left: "Minute" will return.

u And when it is more than "00", "time" is back one hour.

3. Press the select / reset knob. Time setting has been


completed. The set time will be displayed.

■ Selection of the time display

1. Press the select / reset knob, to clock adjustment display.


u "Hour", "minute" flashes.
2. The select / reset knob to long press.
u Each time you repeat the long press, you switch to the 12H / 24H / OFF.

u When you select the "12H" or "24H" time display of the watch is 12 hours or 24 hours
Turn instead.
u The clock will be hidden when you select the "OFF".
3. Press the select / reset knob. And time display configuration is complete,

will be displayed on the screen.

110
Locking and unlocking of the door

Kind of keys function

This car is equipped with the following key. The combination of the key depends on the type of vehicle. 1 Kind of keys function

All of the key, comes with immobilizer system. The immobilizer

Starting of the engine, in addition to the stop, all of the doors, system is a system to protect vehicles from theft.
Key ✤
can be used for locking / unlocking of the tailgate. In button on
2 Immobilizer system P.140
the key, all the doors, you can manipulate the locking /

unlocking of the tailgate.


The key, has a built-in precision electronic components.

In order to prevent the failure, please observe the following points.

Keyless entry integrated key ✤


• Direct sunlight, do not place high temperature, in place of high humidity
Department of Sakumisao each

• Do not drop the key, do not place heavy objects

• Not to apply the liquid to the key

• Not disassemble

• Not toasted

• TV, not or place in the vicinity of the equipment that was magnetized,
lock button
such as audio

Honda smart key ✤


unlock-button When the electronic parts of the key to failure, it may that startup
lock button and remote transmission of the engine is not working.

door button If the key is not operating correctly, please have it inspected by
Unlock-button
Honda dealer.

Power sliding

Built-in key

Continued on next page 111


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Kind of keys function

■ Honda smart key ✤ 1 Kind of keys function

Or when the car's battery went up when the battery of Honda smart key, keyless entry one body key is, you have received the
lever
technical standards conformance certification of the specified low-power
Honda smart key has expired, please use the built-in key.
radio equipment. Please observe the following things.
Pull
Built-in key, take out while pulling the lever.
• Use only in Japan

• Not decomposed except when the battery exchange

• Do not modify
When storing, plug until it "clicks" is. • Erase the technical standards displayed in the interior of the key
Built-in key
intentionally, not tamper

Decomposition, the use of which was modified is prohibited by law.


Department of Sakumisao each
Considering that at the time of wear and failure of the battery
of Honda smart key, built-in key, please keep in housed in the
Honda scan Matoki. 2 Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired

P.311

112
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Kind of keys function

1 Key number tag


■ Key number tag
Key number tag, please keep it separately from a location other
The key number tag, are listed a number that is required
than the vehicle is the key.
when purchasing a key.
The key number tag, are listed a number that is required when

purchasing a key. Without saving tube along with the key, be sure to

keep it in a location other than the vehicle. And when you lose your

key, when you want to add purchase, please ask your Honda dealer.

Department of Sakumisao each

113
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Honda smart key ✤ Weak radio wave of

Honda smart key ✤ Weak radio wave of


Door by using the Honda smart key, when starting the engine and when the locking / unlocking operation of the tailgate, radio 1 Weak radio wave of Honda smart key

waves from the vehicle in order to conduct electronic verification of the Honda smart key is originated.
c
For this reason, the following cases may not operate normally, it may be or become unstable If you are using an implantable cardiac pacemaker and planted

operation. write cardioverter defibrillators is, stay away from the

• When there is close to emit strong radio equipment transmitter, which is mounted on a vehicle within 22cm.

• When you are carrying the Honda smart key in conjunction with the communications equipment and notebook computers such as

mobile phones and radio Radio waves are transmitted at Honda smart key system, there

• When Honda smart key is or has been covered or not touch the metal objects is a potential to affect the operation of the equipment. If you are

using an electronic medical device, please use to check the


Department of Sakumisao each
impact on doctors and medical equipment manufacturers.

The passenger
compartment transmitter (under the floor) For Honda smart key is that the normally time receiving operation for

The passenger Car outdoor transmitter (within the communication with the vehicle, we always deplete the battery power. Battery
compartment transmitter (under the floor) door handle)
life will vary depending on the use condition but is about two years.

door handle)

It may also be blazing and continue to receive strong radio waves


door handle) car outdoor transmitter (within the
battery consumption. Do not place in the vicinity of electrical

appliances such as televisions and PCs.


rear bumper) car outdoor transmitter (within the

Car outdoor transmitter (in the

(under the floor)


rear bumper) car outdoor transmitter
Car outdoor transmitter (in the

The vehicle interior transmitter The vehicle interior transmitter


(Instrument panel) (Instrument panel)

114
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

■ Locking / unlocking of the keyless entry 1 Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

Honda smart key system vehicles


indicator ■ locking
You can not lock / unlock by the key-less entry and Honda smart
Press the lock button.
key when the power mode is other than OFF mode.
u Very flashing indicator light flashes once, all of the

Door, tail gate is locked.


Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles
In the following cases, it does not work keyless entry.
• When other than the engine switch
0
• Rutoki have key is inserted into the engine switch
Keyless entry Honda
integrated key ✤ smart key ✤
1 Locking / unlocking of the keyless entry
Department of Sakumisao each
Locking button Please open the door, the tailgate within 30 seconds.
unlocking button If you have the unlocking operation in the keyless entry, door within
30 seconds, if not open the tailgate, it is again automatically locked.

When you press the unlock button, the room lights up.
Position near Rutoki the switch of the interior light is to work with the
door, press the unlock button interior lights will light up.

Lights for about 30 seconds, will gradually darken. If you locked with
keyless entry within 30 seconds or less, interior light will turn off
immediately.
2 Room lamp P.180

Keyless entry because uses very weak radio waves, there you to
change the operating range by the surrounding circumstances.

Door, when the tailgate is open, can not be locked with a keyless
entry.

Continued on next page 115


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

■ Unlock 1 Locking / unlocking of the keyless entry

Press the unlock button. If the working distance becomes unstable, it could be exhaustion of the

u Very flashing indicator light will blink twice, all the doors, the tailgate is unlocked will battery.

It is. If the indicator when you press the button it does not light, is dead
battery.
2 How to replace batteries P.287

Department of Sakumisao each

116
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

1 Locking / unlocking at the Honda smart key


■ Honda smart key ✤ Locking / unlocking in
• Honda smart key is to carry the driver, please do not get off,
Honda smart key to mobile, lock button, door handle, to
leaving the car.
manipulate the door, the locking and unlocking of the
• When there are people who are carrying the Honda smart key in
tailgate by operating the tailgate open switch.
the same operating range, mobile locks even those who are not

buttons and door handles, you can lock / unlock operation in


Door, the locking / unlocking of the tail gate is activated is the driver's Teruge door open switch.

seat, front passenger door handle, about the periphery from the

tailgate open switch 80cm in the following. • Came to be wearing such as leather and gloves for skiing, you
Operating range of the locking / unlocking
may unlocking operation of the door handle or could not be

delayed.
■ To lock the Department of Sakumisao each
Lock button • When there is a Honda smart key in the working range, a large amount of
Driver's door, press the lock button on the front passenger
water, such as heavy rain or car wash is when applied to the Doahando
door or Teruge door.
Lumpur, it may be unlocked.
u Hear the answer back sound "beep" • About 2 seconds after locking, you can not unlock operation also hold

Flashing emergency flashing lights once, all the the door handle.

doors, tail gate is locked. • Or draw immediately after holding the door handle, pull

Beep immediately after you press the tailgate open switch, it may door,

tail gate does not open. Or re-grip the door handle, please pull

from to ensure that it is unlocked again press the tailgate open

switch.

• Door handle, even within a distance of the tail gate open switcher

Chiyori about 80cm, can the Honda scan Matoki is near and the

high position of the ground may not work.

Lock button beep

Continued on next page 117


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

■ To unlock the 1 Locking / unlocking at the Honda smart key

Driver's seat, or hold the front passenger door handle, Doors and door glass, it may not work and you are too close to the

press the tail gate open switch. tail gate.

u Hear the answer back sound "beep"


Door within 30 seconds, please open the tailgate.
Very flashing indicator light will blink twice, all the
doors, the tailgate is unlocked.
If you have the unlocking operation in the Honda smart key, the door
Beep
within 30 seconds, if not open the tailgate, it is automatically locked

again.
Tailgate open switch
For customization features
Department of Sakumisao each
Answer back buzzer that sounds when locking / unlocking, you can

ensure that the buzzer does not sound or change the volume. For more

information on customization features, please consult your Honda

dealer.

Customization features that can be selected settings


Beep
Answer back buzzer volume large ※, small answer-back buzzer

operating working ※ , Non-operating

※ factory settings

Multi-information display vehicles

Using the multi-information display can be customized.

2 Customization features P.96

118
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

1 Locking / unlocking of the insert the key


■ Locking / unlocking of the insert the key
When the locking / unlocking insert the key in the driver's seat door, all
Turn Insert the key securely.
other door, tail gate will also be simultaneously locking / unlocking.

Unlock

locking

Department of Sakumisao each

Continued on next page 119


uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the door on the outside of the vehicle

■ Locking of without a key 1 Locking of without a key

If you locked in the driver's seat door, all the other doors, tail gate
■ Locking of the door of the driver's seat
(A) will also be locked at the same time.
Or push the knob (A), press the master door lock switch
(B) towards the lock, to or close the door while pulling the
To prevent confinement key, let's lock Make sure that you have the
outside of the door handle (C).
key.

■ Locking of the door other than the driver's seat


(B) (C) Push the knob, close the door.

Department of Sakumisao each

■ Key closed narrowing prevention device

Honda smart key system vehicles

When the Honda smart key is placed within the operating range of the vehicle, it can not be locked.

Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

Key can not be locked and is plugged into the engine switch.

120
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the car

Locking / unlocking of the car

■ Locking of the knob / unlocking 1 Locking of the knob / unlocking

When the locking / unlocking in the knob of the driver's seat door, all other
■ To lock the
door, tail gate will also be locking / unlocking at the same time.
Push the knob.

locking ■ To unlock the


Pull the knob.

Unlock

Department of Sakumisao each

■ Unlocking in the driver's door handle

Driver's door, open the door even though the facilities lock and pull

the inside of the handle.

Continued on next page 121


uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Locking / unlocking of the car

■ Locking / unlocking of the master door lock switch 1 Locking / unlocking of the master door lock switch

When the locking / unlocking the master door lock switch on the
Press the master door lock switch to you ho of locking /
locking
driver's door, all other door, tape Rugate will also be simultaneously
unlocking.
locking / unlocking.

Unlock

Department of Sakumisao each

122
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Childproof

Childproof
The child-proof, for children, such as during traveling is prevented from being thrown out to the outside of the vehicle, regardless of 1 Childproof
the position of the knob, is a feature that can not be opened the rear passenger door from the inside of the vehicle.
If you want to open from the inside of the vehicle at the time of the

child-proof set, lower the rear seat Wie Ndo with the knob to the unlocked
Please use such as when placing a child in second seat or a third seat. state, please pull the outside of the door handle out a hand through the

window.

■ Child-proof set Power sliding door vehicles


Driver's seat switch, you can open closed even keyless entry.
The knob attached to the rear seat door, in the position of the lock

and close the door.


Unlock

■ If you open the door


Department of Sakumisao each
You can open on the outside of the handle.
locking

one two three


uu Locking and unlocking of the door u The impact sensing door unlock system

The impact sensing door unlock system

When an impact is applied to the vehicle, automatically all the doors, is a system that unlocks the tailgate. 1 The impact sensing door unlock system

Depending on the applied styles and magnitude of the impact it may

It is the case of the following to operate. not unlock.

• The impact from the front: When the SRS air bag is activated

• The impact from the side: in the case of side air bag / side curtain air bag equipped vehicles, when
the side air bag / side curtain air bag is activated
• Impact from the rear: When the impact is large

In either case, you unlock after receiving a shock in consideration of the safety after about 10 seconds.

Department of Sakumisao each


Auto door lock / auto door unlock
■ Auto door lock (vehicle speed integrations) 1 Auto door lock / auto door unlock

The auto door lock, is a feature that all the doors when the vehicle speed is greater than or equal to about 15km / h, is Teruge door is Multi-information display vehicles

automatically locked. Using the multi-information display allows you to customize the

conditions of the automatic door lock / auto door Ann lock.

■ Auto door unlock (select lever linkage)


When put to the select lever by stepping on the brake pedal,
P it is a feature that all the doors, tape Rugate is
2 Customization features P.96
automatically unlocked.

124
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Customize the auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

Kas auto door lock / auto door unlock setting Tamaizu


Multi-information display non-vehicles
1 Auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

The setting of the auto door lock and auto door unlock, you can customize (change). Customizing Customize

operation is performed in the master door lock switch. For information about customizing of other features, please consult

your Honda dealer.

■ The settings of the auto door lock / auto door unlock


Setting the content of the auto door lock and auto door unlocking, it is shown in the table below.

■ Auto door lock

Vehicle speed interlocking


Configuration Select lever linkage auto door lock
(Factory default setting) OFF (none) Department of Sakumisao each

When the vehicle speed is greater than When the select lever to Pthe It is automatically locked and not
Settings
or equal to about 15km / h, it is set to outside than, is set to set.
automatically facilities tablets. automatically lock.

Continued on next page 125


uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Customize the auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

■ Auto door unlock

Power mode /
Configuration Select lever linkage
(Factory default setting) Engine switch interlock auto door unlock
OFF (none)

Setting the Selector Selector Honda smart key system Automatically is the setting that does

door-les-bar by stepping on the vehicles not unlock.

brakeP pedal, it is automatically set When the power mode to ON


to unlock. mode Dokara accessories
mode or OFF mode, is set to
automatically unlock.
Settings
Department of Sakumisao each
Honda smart key

system-equipped vehicles
When the handle down-di-down
switch's
II the pressure
I you or

teeth,
0 are automatically set to

unlock.

126
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Customize the auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

■ Customize the operation of the automatic door lock

Operating procedure Vehicle speed interlocking (Factory default setting) Select lever linkage Auto door lock OFF (none)

1. Apply the parking brake Dial Dial

2. The driver's seat door close close Open

3. Honda smart key system Honda smart key system Honda smart key system Honda smart key system

vehicles vehicles vehicles vehicles

The power mode To ON mode To ON mode To ON mode


Honda smart key Honda smart key Honda smart key Honda smart key

system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles Department of Sakumisao each

The engine switch II To II To II To

Four. A select lever P To a position other than P To P To

Five. Master door lock Press and hold the locking side about 5 seconds or more, release the hand Once the lock operation sound

Switch

Continued on next page 127


uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Customize the auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

Operating procedure Vehicle speed interlocking (Factory default setting) Select lever linkage Auto door lock OFF (none)

6. The engine switch Honda smart key system

vehicles

The power mode to accessory mode within 20 seconds


u The setting is completed, will be the contents of the automatic door lock was set

Honda smart key

system-equipped vehicles

I
To within 20 seconds
u The setting is completed, will be the contents of the automatic door lock was set

Department of Sakumisao each

■ Customize the operation of the automatic door unlock

Select lever linkage Power mode / engine


Operating procedure Auto door unlock OFF (none)
(Factory default setting) Switch interlock

1. Apply the parking brake Dial Dial

2. The driver's seat door close close Open

3. Honda smart key system Honda smart key system Honda smart key system Honda smart key system

vehicles vehicles vehicles vehicles

The power mode To ON mode To ON mode To ON mode


Honda smart key Honda smart key Honda smart key Honda smart key

system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles system-equipped vehicles

The engine switch II To II To II To

Four. A select lever P To P To a position other than P To

128
uu Locking and unlocking of the door u Customize the auto door lock / auto door unlock setting

Select lever linkage Power mode / engine


Operating procedure Auto door unlock OFF (none)
(Factory default setting) Switch interlock

Five. Press and hold the unlocking side of the door lock switch for approximately 5 seconds or more, release the hand Once the lock operation sound

6. The engine switch Honda smart key system Department of Sakumisao each

vehicles

The power mode to accessory mode within 20 seconds


u The setting is completed, will be the contents of the auto door unlock has been set

Honda smart key

system-equipped vehicles

I
To within 20 seconds
u The setting is completed, will be the contents of the auto door unlock has been set

129
Opening and closing of the tail gate

Note at the time of the tail gate opening and closing

When the tail gate opening and closing, please note the following points. 1 Note at the time of the tail gate opening and closing

■ When you are opening the tailgate c


• Tailgate open firmly to the upper. When closing the tailgate, be careful not to pinch
u And not only opened halfway, you may close under its own weight. your hand or hit his head.
• Windy day, be careful not close to being fanned by the wind.
• Not traveling left open the tailgate. When loading and unloading the luggage while applying the

u There is a risk that the car in the exhaust gas from entering. engine, so as not to stand in the rear of the exhaust pipe.

■ When closing the tailgate It may be the unexpected injury, such as burns.
Department of Sakumisao each
• Key, keyless entry integrated key, the Honda smart key, be careful not misplaced in the Kagosupe
nest.

Opening the tailgate


When it is unlocked, and pull up and press the tailgate 1 Opening the tailgate

open switch. Honda smart key system vehicles


When you press the tailgate open switch to mobile the Honda smart

key when it is locked, it can increase as it is because it is unlocked.

2 Honda smart key ✤ Locking / unlocking in P.117


Tailgate open switch

After you lock the driver's door will be locked and close the tailgate.

130
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Opening and closing of the slide door

Note at the time of the slide door opening and closing

When you open and close the sliding door, please note the following. 1 Opening and closing of the slide door

■ When opening c
• Sliding door is opened firmly until it is fixed with the stopper When you open and close the sliding door is sufficiently confirmed

u And not only opened halfway, you may close under its own weight. the safety of the inside and outside of the door, be careful not to

pinch hands, feet, face and the like.

■ When closing Please take care, especially for children.


• Key, keyless entry integrated key, the Honda smart key, so as not to be left loose in the car.

Do not leave open the sliding door in the slopes.


u When closing the sliding door after you lock the driver's door, lock has been Sly
Department of Sakumisao each
Dodoa will not open. Door there is a risk that closed unexpectedly.

■ When the opening and closing


To open and close tightly with a door handle.
• PET bottle shape to protrude from the drink holder of bottles and slide door of more than 500ml,
Or close with a door body, there is a risk of injury and have
not put tumbler, water bottle, and to de-link holder of the slide door cup.
only one hand to the vehicle body.

u Or hindering of opening and closing, there is a risk of damaging the vehicle.


Such as the door of the arm or rail, not put hands, the

feet.

When small children are riding together, as your child is or is not

accidental operation of the slide door, please set the child proof.

2 Childproof P.123

131
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Opening and closing operation of the slide door

Opening and closing operation of the slide door

■ When you open and close from the outside of the vehicle 1 Opening and closing operation of the slide door

When opening: Scan backward pull the door handle Sliding door will be fixed with a stopper and to fully open.
To ride.
When closing: Scan forward pull the door handle
To ride. Sliding door on the passenger side will stop on the way to the

stopper is activated when the fuel lid is open. Close the fuel lid can

Door handles be fully open and open a little back the slide Idodoa.

■ When you open and close from the inside of the vehicle

When opening: Pull to the rear has a handle When the cover and the interior of the wire on the inside of the
Department of Sakumisao each
sliding door is damaged, you may cause malfunction. Please be
To slide.
careful not to step on.
When closing: Press forward has a handle
Closed
To slide.

Handle Open

cover

132
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

Use the power sliding door switch on the keyless entry and driver's seat, you can open and close the 1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door

power sliding door automatically. You can also open and close automatically and have pull the door
handle. w
When opening and closing the power sliding door confirms

sufficient safety door inside and outside.

Do not touch when the door is moving, please do not


close. Is sandwiched between the door there is a danger
of being a serious injury. Please take care, especially for
children.

Department of Sakumisao each


c
When replacing the rear wheel tires, to OFF
Meinsu switch.
If left ON, accidentally or touch the main switch to open
the door, there is the unexpected accidents caused costs
fear.

To open and close the power sliding Dodoa when the vehicle is

completely stopped. Also, as the vehicle does not Ugokidasa even

when getting on and off, ensures that the brakes.

When the power vehicle at the time of opening and closing in and

getting on and off of the sliding door starts to move, it may be more than

an unexpected accident caused.

Continued on next page 133


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door


■ Conditions of when to open and close automatically
When the sliding surface of the roller of the power sliding door there
When the following conditions are aligned, you can open and close automatically.
is a foreign object such as a stone, it might malfunction.
• When the main switch is ON
• When the fuel lid is closed (passenger side only)
If you remove the foreign matter, please carried out in the OFF

always main switch in a horizontal place.


If you want to open and close operation with keyless entry and power sliding door switch, the following conditions are

added.

■ The opening and closing conditions in the keyless entry

• When the power mode is in the OFF mode


Department of Sakumisao each

■ The opening and closing conditions in the power sliding door switch

• When you're a power mode to the ON mode, when the select lever is P
Roller running surface
u Even
P if stepping on the brake pedal other than, it is under the parking brake

When it can be manipulated.

134
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door


■ Switching of the automatic opening and closing and manual opening and closing
Even when you're the main switch to OFF, the Easy door closers
Automatic opening and closing: The main switch in the ON
OFF ON
will work.
Manual opening and closing: The main switch to OFF
2 Easy door closers ✤ P.139
2 Opening and closing operation of the slide door P.132

Please do not stop with the main switch to OFF during the opening and

closing the door, such as slope.

Fall prevention mechanism is activated, it will continue the buzzer sounds.

main switch
During the fall prevention mechanism is actuated, ON the main switch

again, please close the door automatically.


Department of Sakumisao each

Carry out any of the following, fall prevention mechanism is released, please

be aware that the door is able to move under its own weight.

• To manipulate the door handle

• To turn OFF the main switch from ON

Continued on next page 135


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door


■ To open and close in the power sliding door switch
In a state in which the power sliding door is open, if you replace the
Driver's seat side OPEN Open by pressing the side, CLOSE Closed by pressing the side
battery and fuse, it will not be from closing in automatically.
Masu Mari.
The passenger side

If this is the case, manually return the power sliding door is in the closed
When you press the Pawasura Ido door switch of the door side
Mel and functionality.
are moving in during the opening and closing, sounds a buzzer

sound "Phi Phi", power sliding doors will stop in the middle. When the power mode is in operation the power sliding door in the

ON mode, or release the foot from the brake pedal at aPposition

other than the select lever, and to release the Parkinson ring brake,
To the opening and closing of the door again, the same operation. the buzzer sounds.
Department of Sakumisao each
Open blind when are on the way to continue the buzzer sounds and

the "copy", close it when that is the buzzer sounds and the "Phi

Phi", to or closed as it is.

136
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door


■ To open and close with keyless entry
When you press the power sliding door button for about 1 seconds or more,
Driver's side power sliding w
door button it can be opened and closed automatically. When you press the Pawasura
Prior to opening and closing the door, always make sure that there
Ido door button on the door side are moving in during the opening and are no obstacles in the vicinity of the door.

closing, the buzzer sounds and the "Pipipi", power sliding door will stop in Prevention function narrowing scissors, is intended to prevent that in the

the Application. It will move to the opposite side and press the button again. unlikely event of, by detecting the obstacles, it would be sandwiched

between the door. The door there is a danger of being a serious injury
Passenger-side power sliding
and Somerset is or be.
door button

Department of Sakumisao each


Please take care, especially for children.

c
The power sliding door be careful not incorporated a pair of

scissors, such as a finger.

Order to close off the power sliding door to ensure, there is a

area not to test knowledge narrowing scissors to part just before

the close off.

When you detect an obstacle the power sliding door during automatic opening and

closing, power sliding door by the prevention mechanism narrowing scissors will

move to the opposite side.

At this time, the buzzer sounds and the "Pipipi".

Continued on next page 137


uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Power sliding door ✤ Opening and closing operation of

1 The opening and closing operation of the power sliding door


■ To open and close at the door handle
advice
■ The outside of the handle
Do not touch the sensor on the power sliding door front end.
You can open and close automatically when pulling the handle.
It must not closed or the power sliding door and touch the sensor.
Also, please do not hurt at such a sensor a sharp object. The
Be locked, pull the handle to carry the Honda smart key, sensor will not be able to close automatically when it is
and returned, automatically all the doors, the tailgate will disconnected.

open the power sliding door is unlocked. By operating the


Door handles
handle during the opening and closing the "Phi Phi" buzzer
sounds, it stops on the way. It will move to the opposite

Department of Sakumisao each side again pull the handle.

■ The inside of the handle

It opens automatically when pulling the handle on the rear side, and close
The sensor unit

automatically when you press before side. By operating the handle during the
When the power mode is ON mode, and perform the following operation at
Closed opening and closing with "Pipipi" buzzer sounds, it stops on the way. To the
a position other
P than the select lever, even so open the power sliding door
opening and closing of the door again, the same operation. on the inside or outside of the handle, it does not open automatically

buzzer sounds.

• Release the foot from the brake pedal


Handle Open
• To release the parking brake

In a state in which the fuel lid is opened, it does not work the buzzer

sounds and performs the operation of the passenger-side power sliding

door. In a state where the engine is stopped on a slope, and hold the

stopped midway Pawasu Raidodoa, it operates in the inclined direction

automatically after about 30 minutes.

138
uu Opening and closing of the slide door u Easy door closers ✤

Easy door closers ✤


When closing the sliding door to the position of the half-door state, it will close automatically. 1 Easy door closers

c
Because from the position of the half-door state closed or door is

automatically, careful not to pinch your hand.

Pull the handle of the slide door in the easy door closer working, it

will remain the operation is stopped in the semi-door state. In

addition, if the door is closed while pulling the handle of the slide

door, easy door closer does not work.


Department of Sakumisao each

Easy door closers will be activated regardless of the position of the

main switch of the power sliding door. However, when opening the

fuel lid on when the main switch is ON, easy door closer on the

front passenger seat side does not work.

Since the cause of the failure, when the easy door claw-user is in

operation, please do not apply excessive force.

139
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Security system

Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system and have built an electronic component that transmits a signal to the key is the system 1 Immobilizer system

that was in so that it can not start the engine and not a key that has been pre-registered. Please do not modify or add the system.

There is a possibility that the engine system failure.

In the immobilizer system, use the weak radio waves when performing electronic verification of the vehicle and the key.

ENGIN START / STOP And when you press the, key to the engine switch

When inserting, please note the following.


• ENGIN START / STOP Or those that emit strong radio waves in the vicinity of the engine switch

Keep the
• Or touch the key to the metal, it does not cover or
Department of Sakumisao each
• Keep the key of the immobilizer system of the other vehicle
• Not fitted with such key chain magnetized together with the key

1 Security alarm system


Security alarm system ✤
Please do not modify or add the system.

Security alarm system, Honda smart key or keyless entry, door without using the built-in key, tail gate, It can cause the system to malfunction.

opened the bonnet, is a system that the alarm device is activated.


Alarm device to stop the security alarm system, will operate up to 5

minutes.

Horn and emergency flashing lights, to operate for about 30 seconds per per
■ Upon actuation
actuation, the alarm activation will be performed 10 times maximum.
Horn sounds intermittently, very flashing indicator light will blink all.

■ To stop
Honda smart key or keyless entry, or unlocking the built-in key, please refer to the power mode to ON
mode. The system stops, flashing and horn also stops.

140
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Security system u Security alarm system ✤

■ To set 1 Security alarm system

Security alarm system is automatically set when the following conditions are ready. Even when the or window when a person in the car is riding have

• The power mode to the OFF mode had open, security alarm system will operate.

• It is closed bonnet
In order to prevent the operation unexpected of warning device,
• Honda smart key or keyless entry, all of the doors and tailgate with built-in key is locked
when the window or on board a person is open, please do not set

the security alarm system.

■ When set
Actuation indicator lamp blinks, which is within the meter, flashing interval will be longer after about 15 seconds.
The battery is raised after you set the security alarm system,

charging of the battery, and to the exchange, it may alarm device is


Department of Sakumisao each
■ To cancel the set activated.
Honda smart key or keyless entry, or unlocking the built-in key, will be canceled when the power mode to
ON mode. Actuation indicator lamp will go off at the same time. At that time, Honda smart key or keyless entry scan, to unlock the

door with the built-key, be sure to release the security alarm

system.

141
Opening and closing of the window

Opening and closing of the power window

Engine switch ( w ※ 1 At the time of, you can do the opening and closing operation of the power window. Opening and 1 Opening and closing of the power window

closing is done in the switch on the each of the door. In the switch on the driver's seat, you can perform the opening

and closing operation of all of the power window. Opening and closing of the power window other than the driver's seat,
w
do the power window lock button on the driver's seat from then to OFF. When the power window lock button to OFF, When closing the power window, the passenger to ensure they

the indicator light on the button will turn off. do not put out your hands and face from the window.

When the power window lock button keep the ON (indicator lit), power windows other than the driver's When the sandwich your hands and face in the power

seat does not work. It is such as when you are carrying a child, please be set to ON the power window, there is a risk of incurring serious injury. Please take

window lock button. care, especially for children.

Department of Sakumisao each


c
Be careful not incorporated a pair of scissors, such as a finger.

To close securely, in part just before the close off, there are

areas that do not detect the scissors included.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

142
uu Opening and closing of the window u Opening and closing of the power window

1 Opening and closing of the power window


■ Opening and closing of the window with automatic opening and closing function
OFF the engine switch ※ 1 To be, for about 10 minutes, you can open
Closed
Driver's seat ■ When opening the manual opening and closing: Press
lightly on the switch and close the Pawawi Ndo by the key-off operation.
switch

Open When closing: By releasing the hand in the desired position to raise lightly
In this case, when you open and close the door of the driver's seat, you will not be
lock button
the switch, to adjust the opening and closing of the window.
able to open or close the WE Ndo.

power window
Upon detection of an obstacle when you are closing the power window

Rear seat switch ✤ ■ When opening the automatic opening and closing: Strongly automatically, the movement of more window to the prevention mechanism
OFF ON pressed the switch
Switch for the front passenger seat ✤ narrowing scissors will stop reversed.

When closing: Automatically fully open / fully closed to raise strongly the
Department of Sakumisao each
Prevention mechanism narrowing scissors failure or the like is
switch. To stop in the middle, and then lightly raise / lower the switch to
activated, when it is no longer able to close the window in
the opposite side.
automatic, you can close and continue pulling up lightly the switch.

Such as the impact due to road and driving conditions, scissors

Write-prevention mechanism might be working.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

Continued on next page 143


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Opening and closing of the window u Opening and closing of the power window

1 Opening and closing of the power window


■ Opening and closing of the window without the automatic opening and closing function
Window of the rear seat (left, right), does not fully open.
Switch for the When opening: Pressing the switch
front passenger seat When closing: By releasing the hand in the desired position to raise the
Closed

switch, to adjust the opening and closing of the window.

Open

Rear seat
switch

of Sakumisao
DepartmentThe front passenger
each seat, rear seat switch

Closed

Open

144
uu Opening and closing of the window u Opening and closing of the power window

■ Opening and closing of the window at the keyless entry ✤

Using the keyless entry you can open and close the
Locking button
Pawawi Ndo.

Unlock button When opening: After unlocking with keyless entry, again within 10

seconds, continue to press the unlock button

When closing: After locking with keyless entry, again within 10 seconds, by

releasing the hand in the desired position to continue to press the lock

button, and then adjust the opening and closing of the window.
Department of Sakumisao each

When you stop during the opening and closing of the window, please

repeat the same operation again.

Continued on next page 145


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Opening and closing of the window u Opening and closing of the power window

■ Opening and closing of the window of the key cylinder ✤

You can open and close the power window by using the key

cylinder of the driver's seat door.

When opening: After unlocking by inserting a built-in key in the key

cylinder of the driver's seat door, again to return the key within 10
Open
seconds, to leave you turn the key to unlocking side full
Closed

When closing: After locking insert the built-in key in the key

Department of Sakumisao each cylinder of the driver's seat door, again to return the key within

10 seconds, to leave you turn the key in the locking side full

By releasing the hand in the desired position, and then adjust the opening

and closing of the window.

When you stop during the opening and closing of the window, please

repeat the same operation again.

146
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Switch operation around the handle

Honda smart key system vehicles

ENGINE START / STOP switch


1 ENGINE START / STOP switch

■ Power mode of switching how Honda smart key, you can start the case engine in the car. Range
the function of the engine starting to work the dough, the instrument
indicator panel on, is the car except cargo space and a glove box, a variety
OFF mode of glove compartment, such as Doapo packet.
• Indicator Off
STOP • The handle is locked, all of the power supply is turned OFF

START

ENGINE
Accessories mode Department of Sakumisao each
ENGINE • Indicator lights
START • Indicator flashes (when it is from the ON mode to accessory
STOP
mode)
STOP
Operating range of the engine start-up
• Without starting the engine, the position when using
accessories such as the audio system

START
Even Honda smart key is in the outside of the vehicle, and are too
close to the door and door glass, you may be able to be the start of
ON mode the engine.
ENGINE • Indicator lights
• All of the accessories are available
ON mode:

When the engine is started, indicator will turn off.


(A state that does not stepping on the brake pedal)

Pressing the switch

ENGINE START / STOP OFF power mode of


P
When the select lever is other than, press the switch When not be switched from mode to accessory mode, to release
the steering wheel lock.
When the select lever is in,
P press the switch While turning the steering wheel to the left and right,

ENGINE START / STOP Please press.


Handle lock is released.

Continued on next page 147


uu Switch operation around the handle u ENGINE START / STOP switch

1 ENGINE START / STOP switch


■ Power mode auto-off function
When the battery of Honda smart key is exhausted, a warning on
P
When the select lever is power mode after 30 minutes to 60 minutes at the time of the accessory mode,
the display along with the buzzer appears.
automatically power mode for battery protection Ri You Do in the OFF mode.

2 Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired


The handle is not locked at this time. Also you will not be able to be locked / unlocked by the keyless P.311
entry and Honda smart key.
ENGINE START / STOP Press will switch the power mode to re-OFF mode
Please.

Department of Sakumisao
■ Power modeeach warning buzzer
If you open the driver's door as you leave the car in the next state, it will sound a warning buzzer.

• When the power mode is the mode accessories

148
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u ENGINE START / STOP switch

1 Honda smart key carry-off warning


■ Honda smart key carry-off warning
Closing the door to return the Honda smart key within the operating
Information display vehicles The warning buzzer, there are two types of in-vehicle warning
range of the engine start-up, a warning is canceled.
buzzer (beep beep beep beep beep beep) and the outside of the
vehicle warning buzzer (Pipipipipipi). When an alarm condition
persists, please change the mobile phone position of Honda smart
The Honda smart key, the instrument panel, when placed, such as
key.
in the glove box, you may receive a warning buzzer sounds on the
radio wave condition.
■ When the power mode is ON mode
Closing the door brought out the Honda smart key to the outside of the In a state that brought out the Honda smart key, and the path
vehicle, and displays a warning in the meter, you will hear a car alarm Wamodo in OFF mode, you will not be able to operation of Pawamo

Multi-information display vehicles buzzer and the outside of the vehicle warning buzzer. de. Department of Sakumisao each
When operating the power mode, please make sure that you have a
Honda smart key.

■ When the power mode is the mode accessories


In passing from the window, Honda smart key equity Chi left
warning does not work.
Closing the door brought out the Honda smart key to the outside of the

vehicle, you will hear the outside of the vehicle warning buzzer.
Even Honda smart key is within the operating range of the engine
start-up, it might carry-off Honda smart key by the surrounding
environment and radio state warning is performed.

This is not a malfunction, please make sure that you have a Honda
smart key.

149
uu Switch operation around the handle u Comparison of the engine switch and the power mode

Comparison of the engine switch and the power mode

Engine switch position ( 0 Lock ( q Accessories ( w ON ( e Starting

Honda smart key system H• Position to insert or remove the key • Without starting the engine, • position at the time of operation • the starting position the hands of the
engine away to a self dynamically ( w Return
iSo 備車 position when using • All of the accessories are
to, engine start-up
• Position handle appears to be accessories such as the available
locked audio system
• Accessories unavailable

Power mode OFF mode Accessories ON Starting

mode mode
Department of Sakumisao each

Indicator lights off

Honda smart key system Indicator: Off Indicator: Lit / flashing Indicator: lights up - engine Indicator: Off
vehicles • Engine OFF • Without starting the engine, OFF Off - during engine • automatically returns to the ON mode
When the engine starts, position the
• Position handle appears to be position when using start-up
start of the engine.
locked accessories such as the • All of the accessories are
• Accessories unavailable audio system available

150
uu Switch operation around the handle u Engine switch

Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

Engine switch
1 Engine switch

0
Opening the left driver's door inserting the key
I in the time from the

engine switch, you will hear key forgetting to pull out a warning

buzzer.
( 0 Lock
Please remove the key. Buzzer sound stops.
Position to insert or remove the key

( q Accessories
Can the engine switch does not 0turn to Kara,I to release the steering
Without the engine, position when using accessories such as the
audio system wheel lock.

Sure to turn the key while turning the steering wheel to the left and
( w ON right. Handle lock is released, the key is around.
Position at the time of operation

Department of Sakumisao each


(e Starting
Starting position of the engine
You will not be able to pull out
P the key and not put to the select
When you release the hand, automatically returns to the.
II
lever.

151
uu Switch operation around the handle u Direction indicator (blinker switch)

Direction indicator (blinker switch)


Engine switch ( w ※ 1 You can use when.
Left turn

■ One-touch turn signal


When you release and lightly press down / push the lever, and then flashing

direction indicator and the direction indicator display lamp three times.

Turn right

Department of Sakumisao each

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

152
uu Switch operation around the handle u Active cornering light ✤

Active cornering light ✤


Power mode is in the ON mode, when the vehicle speed that has head light is lit at the time of the below 40km / h, 1 Active cornering light

R
direction indicator and handle operation, when it is in the select lever, active corner ring light is lit, corner to when And to the active cornering light is continuously lit 5 minutes or

driving at night you can improve the visibility in. more, it automatically turns off.

■ Direction indicator, the lighting by handle operation Off again after, direction indicator, whether to handle operation,

lights up and put in the select lever. R


Operate the turn signal on the The handle about
headlights during lighting 90 degrees or
more to the
headlights lit

When the left turn at the right turn Department of Sakumisao each

Active cornering light

Headlight illumination range


cornering light irradiation range

■ Lighting by select lever operation


Setting the selector Trevor when the head light is on, the
left and right of the
R active cornering light is lit at the same

time.

Headline
Doo irradiation rangeLight irradiation range
cornering

153
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u Light switch

Light switch
Regardless of the position of the power mode and the engine switch 1 Light switch
Forward
and turn the switch, to turn on / off the island. Removing the key from the engine switch while turning on the light, or
high-beam
when the power mode to OFF mode, you will hear a light forgetting to
Passing-catching
turn off the warning buzzer when I opened the door of the driver's seat.
front low beam
on / off by automatic
■ High beam
taillight, numbered lights, headlights turn Press the lever forward until you hear a "click".
When the light class is turned on, indicator light in the meter lights.
lamp lighting power mode ON mode,

outside
Car widththe vehicle
lamp, when
tail lamp, the number
a number lamp
2 Indicator light P.73
lighting ■ Low beam
lamps according to the brightness
When the high beam, pull the lever to the front.
As you remain lit the light class when the engine is stopped, it will
Headlights, side lamps, tail lights, side
Department of Sakumisao each
cause the battery up.


AUTO ■ Overtaking signal (passing)
Pull the lever to the front, then release. Automatic light control vehicles

Illuminance sensing unit is located in the position shown in FIG. Please do not place

anything on top of the sensing unit.

■ Headlight auto-off function


The engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To to, key, keyless entry integrated key, and to lock all the doors in the Honda
smart key, headlight, fog light ✤ , Side lamps, tail lamps, lighting of the number lights and the instrument
panel will turn off. A light switch
✤ To OFF mode the power mode when you are in
AUTO
And it goes off when.

u Again lights and open the driver's door, you will hear a light forgetting to turn off the warning buzzer. ※ 1: Honda Illuminance sensing unit

smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch

ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

154
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u Fog light switch ✤

Fog light switch ✤


When other than the lightOFF
switch is a (light switch 1 Fog light switch

AUTO When you are in the car width When the fog light is on, the table 示灯 will light up in the meter.

When) the light and head light is on, you can the lighting
2 Indicator light P.73
child turn the fog light switch.

Department of Sakumisao each

155
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u Headlight leveling dial ✤

Headlight leveling dial ✤


Engine switch ※ 1 At the time, you
II can adjust to the downward 1 Headlight leveling dial ✤

direction (the optical axis) to illuminate the Heddora site. When the optical axis adjustment in such inspection, please go

the back to the position of the dial.


from 0

The optical axis as the number of dial is large, will be LED headlights vehicles

Heavy when the luggage of loading, etc., comes with automatically Otres leveling
downward.
function to adjust the vertical direction of the headlight optical axis in accordance

with a change in the posture of the vehicle.

Please have it inspected at the Honda dealer when you feel an


■ Measure of the dial position abnormality of the headlight optical axis.
Department of Sakumisao each
Depending on the amount of the occupant of the number of people and luggage, please select the dial position as a guide to the table below.

Loading situation of the passenger and cargo space Dial position


While riding, only the driver's seat
0
Driver's seat and the passenger seat ride

during the seven / eight people while riding 1


When the cargo space full of seven / 8 passengers 2
When the cargo space packed in riding only the driver's seat 3

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

156
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u Wiper / washer

Wiper / washer
Engine switch ※ 1 You can use
II when. 1 Wiper / washer

■ Front wiper / washer c


Cold weather is not injecting the washer fluid to
■ MIST
F
the windshield is warm.
While pushing up the lever to operate. This mode is used
ABCD when the fog and light rain. Ri Do not interfere with the field of view washer fluid is frozen,

it may lead to unexpected accident.

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)


advice
G
Please do not wipe the windshield wiper.
E
Use by switching the wiper switch depending on the rainfall.
Glass is interest was damage to the blade rubber or scratched. Department of Sakumisao each

A During the operation) OFF it is


■ Adjustment of the intermittent time advice
operating the MIST :( lever: Stop
Turn the ring, and then adjust the intermittent time of the wiper. When the washer fluid does not appear, please turn off the switch.
BC

INT: Intermittent (when rainfall is small) LO: low Cause of pump failure.
A long intermittent interval

D speed (when the ordinary rainfall) HI: Fast


During the intermittent operation, the interval when the vehicle speed is faster it adds a
E
is short intermittent intervals
(when rainfall is large) adjusting washer
few seconds shorter than the time of stop. In addition, the wiper will be activated once at

F intermittent time the time of starting. When the vehicle speed is increased in the state in which the
■ Washer switch turning full towards short intermittent time, the wiper is switched to the low speed
G
Pulling the lever to the front, washer fluid is injected. operation intermittent or et al.

While pulling the lever wiper is activated, will stop several


times wiper is activated when you release the lever. When cold, wiper blade, you may sticks to glass by freezing.

Because it becomes the cause of the wiper failure, from warming


※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch the front glass in Defurosu coater, please to operate the wiper.
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

Continued on next page 157


uu Switch operation around the handle u Wiper / washer

■ Rear wiper / washer 1 Wiper / washer

When the reservoir wiper such as the snow stops during wiper
A Engine switch ※ 1 You canIIuse when.
operation, make sure you stop in a safe place.

D B
OFF the wiper switch, the engine switch ( q Or ( 0 ※ 1 From and to,
■ Rear wiper switch
wiper please remove the obstacles so that it can be working.

D
■ Washer switch
B
Turning to the switch, washer fluid is injected.
C The wiper motor has a built-breaker as a protective function.

A speed operation While turning the switch wiper is activated, it will stop
Department of Sakumisao each
several times wiper is activated when you release the Such as when the load of the wiper motor was followed by a large
BC INT: intermittent operation
state, it may temporarily wiper breaker is activated to stop. After a
switch.
OFF: Stop few minutes, the breaker is restored, it will be able to use as usual.
D : Washer ON: low

■ Reverse-shift mode
Rear wiper is activated and placed in the select lever in theRfront wiper operate.

Mode of operation of the operating mode rear wiper and the lever position of the front wiper
INT (intermittent) Intermittent operation

LO (low speed)
Continuous operation
HI (high-speed)

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.
158
uu Switch operation around the handle u Illumination control

Illumination control
Engine switch ※ 1 At the time of, you
II can adjust separately the 1 Illumination control
Akira
brightness of the installation torque instrument panel in a time-off In the vapor and car width lamp is off and when it is on, will vary the

with the car width lamp is lit. brightness of the instrument panel lighting.

Brighten: Turn the knob to the right


When the light switch, or, meter lighting Masu dark no longer in
knob dark To darken: Brightness turning the knob to the left you will hear a beep when
order to reduce the glare.
the maximum / minimum. In addition, after the adjustment of brightness, and

Select / Reset after a few seconds the display will return to the original display. • Press the select / reset knob in the brightness adjustment,
✤ When you press, the display
SEL / RESET

It will be the original display.


Information display vehicles ■ Brightness adjustment display • Turning the select / reset knob to the right until the car width
Department of Sakumisao each
If you press the select / reset knob display is switched to the lamp is lit or is displayed all, to hear a "beep" will be set at the

brightness adjustment display. time of the vehicle width lights off.

Or as it more and more to the right, meter lighting


• Turning the select / reset knob until the car width lamp is lit or is
becomes brighter.
no longer displayed all to the left, it will brightness is minimum.

The door traveling or-out, and or to turn off the car width lamp, is

released from the brightness minimum of state, it will return to its

original brightness.
Brightness adjustment display

Multi-information display vehicles

※ 1: Honda smart key system vehicles


Instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There have been applied

You.
Brightness adjustment display

159
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Switch operation around the handle u Rear defroster switch / Heated door mirror switch ✤

Rear defroster switch / Heated door mirror switch ✤


Engine switch ※ 1 At the time II
of, warm the Riyagara Graphics 1 Rear defroster switch / Hiteddodoami

and door mirror, used when you want to take a cloud. Error switch

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, please be careful not

to damage the heating wire.

It is or will the system to ON and press the switch. Always, please wipe the left and right lateral direction along the heating wire of

the defroster.

Because the device has a large power consumption, please turn OFF When
After a lapse of about 10 to 30 minutes depending on the outside
you take is cloudy.
temperature, the system will automatically stop. However, when the outside
Also, please do not I a long time used when the number of
air temperature is 0 ℃ below it does not automatically stops.
revolutions of the engine is low. Battery capacity is reduced, it may
Department of Sakumisao each
affect the engine start-up.

1 Adjustment of the handle


Adjustment of the handle

As grasped the reasonably handle in an appropriate driving position, you can adjust the position of the handle. c
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while the vehicle is running.

Column cover 1. It pulls the handle position adjustment lever. When adjusted during travel, steering wheel position-out
u Handle position adjustment lever, Koramuka movement, may not be an accurate handle operation, there
lever
Located under the bar. is a risk of incurring a serious injury in a collision. Adjustment
2. To adjust the position of the handle. of the handle, please be sure to stop in.
u In the adjusted position, meters and indicator lights

Please make sure that the look.


After the position adjustment, up and down before and after the direction of
3. Push down on the handle position adjustment lever, Ha
Pull up the force applied to the handle, please be sure that the handle is securely
To secure the bundle.
fixed.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.
160
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Adjustment of the mirror such

Rearview mirror

The angle of the room mirror, please adjust the mirror at the position 1 Adjustment of the mirror such

obtained by dividing the correct driving position. Adjustment of the mirror class, please go to before traveling.

■ Anti-glare-type room mirror


Room mirror when driving at night, can be switched in order to
weaken the reflection of subsequent car headlights.
Daytime
At night

Department of Sakumisao each

161
uu Adjustment of the mirror such u door mirror

door mirror

Store Left and right selector Engine switch ※ 1 At the time


II of, do the Doami error.
switch ✤ switch

■ angle adjustment left and right selector switch: This switch is used to
select the right or left. After the angle adjustment, and returns to the center
position.

Angle
adjustment switch
Angle adjustment switch: This switch is used to move the mirror up, down,

left, or right.
Storage switch

Of state mirror Ji State


Department of Sakumisao each Electric storage door mirror vehicles

ON ■ store
It switches the ON and OFF each time you press the storage

switch.
OFF

Electric storage door mirror vehicles without

Fold the mirror in the rear of the vehicle. Please be sure to

return to the original when traveling.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

162
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the mirror such u door mirror

1 Wide-angle type door mirror ✤


■ Wide-angle type door mirror ✤
Since there is a limit to the range to look, please check in, such as the
Driver's seat side, Ri by the mirror of changing the curvature that is
periphery of the safety visually.
attached to the lower part of the door mirror surface on the passenger seat

side of both, you can see near the rear tire.


Those reflected in the lower side of the border, looks to be farther

than normal Doami error.

border

Department of Sakumisao each

163
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Adjustment of the seat

Front seat
Driver, adjust the seat so that the correct driving position can be taken. The correct driving position, with deeply seated state 1 Front seat

on the seat, fully depresses the pedal without having to go through release the back from the backrest, says the attitude that

handle operation can be easier.


c
When working with sheet, it is the hands or feet be very

careful so as not to Somerset.


■ Front manual seat ✤ / Move the headrest way

■ Adjustment of the headrest ■ Adjustment of the height (driver's seat) Do not place any objects under the front seat.
• When high, pulled up Repeat the lever pulling up / and down,
Things sheet is not fixed caught, it may lead to
• When low, lower while pressing the adjust the height
knob unexpected accident.

Department of Sakumisao each The front seats, please adjust as much as possible away from the

air bag.

Passenger also sitting deeply on the seat, so please keep the back

■ Angle adjustment of the backrest ■ adjustment


rear positionof the front and from the backrest.
Adjustment while pulling up on the lever While pulling up on the lever, adjust the front and

rear position 1 Move the front manual seat / headrest

How

c
Not the adjustment of the seat while driving.

When adjusted to running the sheet there is a dynamic Kukoto more

than necessary, there is a Re morning sickness lead to unexpected

accident. Adjustment must be done before the traveling, make sure

that it is securely fixed.

164
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u Front seat

1 Front power seat (driver's seat) / headrest of the dynamic


■ Front power seat (driver's seat) ✤ / Move the headrest way
Or how

■ Adjustment of the headrest A ■ adjustment of height


• When high, pulled up Adjust the height by moving the switch to the up c
• When low, lower while pressing the and down
Not the adjustment of the seat while driving.
knob
A
There is a risk that lead to unexpected accident to regulate

during travel. Adjustment please go to before traveling.

■ Angle adjustment of the backrest Department of Sakumisao each


Adjusted by moving back and forth switch

B ■ adjustment
rear positionof the front and
Adjusting the longitudinal position by moving the

switch back and forth

Continued on next page 165


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u Front seat

1 Adjustment of the front seats


■ Adjustment of the front seats
■ Adjustment of the seat position
Take a
w
As theft is a sufficient distance between the driver and the steering
sufficient distance Lowering the sheet from the SRS air bag up to as far as
wheel, Masu lower the seat as much as possible behind.
possible position.

When the handle and too close to the dashboard, or


Likewise passenger seat in the front passenger seat, and
receive a serious injury when the front air bag is
lower the seat up as far as possible away from the SRS air bag
inflated, there is a risk that or death.
of the dashboard. Once you adjust the position of the seat,
shaking the sheet back and forth, make sure that it is fixed.

Department of Sakumisao each


Not brought down more than necessary the backrest.
■ Adjustment of the backrest angle
When the beat back more than necessary, or received a
Sitting deeply on the seat, and adjust causing the backrest as
serious injury to a tree with a collision, there is a death or be
sit in a comfortable position. Likewise passenger seat in the
Ruosore.
front passenger seat, adjust the seat back angle as sit in a

comfortable posture.
c
Input is not a cushion between the backrest and back.

It does not take the correct driving position. In addition, effects

such as seat belt will not be sufficiently exhibited.

166
uu Adjustment of the seat u A second sheet

A second sheet

■ Second bench seat ✤ / Move the headrest way 1 A second sheet

■ Position change of the headrest ■ Adjustment of the headrest w


• When high, pulled up • When high, pulled up
Not brought down more than necessary the backrest.
• When low, lower hold down the knob • When low, lower hold down the knob
When the beat back more than necessary, or received a

serious injury to a tree with a collision, there is a death or be

Ruosore.

c
Not the adjustment of the seat while driving.
■ Adjustment of the front and rear position ■ Angle adjustment of the backrest Department of Sakumisao each
While pulling up on the lever, adjust the front and Adjustment while pulling up on the lever When adjusted to running the sheet there is a dynamic Kukoto more
rear position
than necessary, there is a Re morning sickness lead to unexpected

accident. Adjustment must be done before the traveling, make sure

that it is securely fixed.

When working with sheet, it is the hands or feet be very

careful so as not to Somerset.

Do not place any objects under the seat.

Things sheet is not fixed caught, it may lead to


unexpected accident.

Continued on next page 167


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u A second sheet

1 Getting on and off to the third seat


■ Getting on and off to the third seat
After operating the seat, please make sure that it is fixed rocked
■ Walk-in mechanism
back and forth sheet.
Walk-in lever 1. When pulling up the walk-in lever, back
Leaning falls down before.

u Also stepped on the seat bottom of the pedal, operation

I can do it.
2. As it is pressing the seat forward. Based on the return of the sheet

prior to traveling, please adjust the front and rear position.

Department of Sakumisao each

pedal

■ To return to the original sheet


1. Press the seat to the rear, adjust the front and rear position
2
To.
1

2. Causing the backrest to secure the seat.

168
uu Adjustment of the seat u A second sheet

1 A second sheet
■ Second premium cradle seat ✤ / Move the headrest way

w
Not brought down more than necessary the backrest.
■ Adjustment of the headrest
• When high, pulled up When the beat back more than necessary, or received a
■ Angle adjustment of the backrest (top) • When low, lower hold down the knob
serious injury to a tree with a collision, there is a death or be
Adjustment while pulling up on the lever
Ruosore.

c
Not the adjustment of the seat while driving.
Department of Sakumisao each
When adjusted to running the sheet there is a dynamic Kukoto more
■ Adjustment of the front and rear position
■ Angle adjustment of the backrest
While pulling up on the lever, adjust the front and than necessary, there is a Re morning sickness lead to unexpected
Adjustment while pulling up on the lever
rear position
accident. Adjustment must be done before the traveling, make sure

that it is securely fixed.

When working with sheet, it is the hands or feet be very

careful so as not to Somerset.

Do not place any objects under the seat.

Things sheet is not fixed caught, it may lead to


unexpected accident.

■ Angle adjustment of the ottoman ■ adjustment


position of the left and right
While pulling up on the lever, adjust the left and
Adjustment while pulling up on the lever
right position

Continued on next page 169


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u A second sheet

■ Mounting of the slide stopper 1 Getting on and off to the third seat

The slide stopper is intended to be to not to catch the passenger's feet seated in Sir Doshito when When not using the slide stopper, leave over the yield paid bag

sliding the second seat to the rear. When you take the third seat, please keep sure to attach the slide hooks in the position of FIG. Of cargo space left housed in the bag.

stopper to the slide rails as shown in the figure.

hook
The arrow mark you are about slide stopper Attach
toward the front of the vehicle.

Department of Sakumisao each


Storage bag

Slide stopper

170
uu Adjustment of the seat u A second sheet

1 Getting on and off to the third seat


■ Getting on and off to the third seat
After operating the seat, please make sure that it is fixed rocked
■ Walk-in mechanism
back and forth sheet.
Backrest adjustment 1. When pulling up the backrest adjustment lever, back
lever Leaning falls down before.

u Even pulling up the walk-in lever,


You can manipulate.

2. As it is pressing the seat forward. Based on the return of the sheet

prior to traveling, please adjust the front and rear position.

Department of Sakumisao each

Walk-in lever

■ To return to the original sheet


1. Press the seat to the rear, adjust the front and rear position

2 To.
1
2. Causing the backrest to secure the seat.

171
uu Adjustment of the seat u Third seat

Third seat

■ Adjustment of the backrest 1 Third seat

It can be adjusted separately. Adjust while pulling the


c
backrest adjustment strap.
Not the adjustment of the seat while driving.

When adjusted to running the sheet there is a dynamic Kukoto more

than necessary, there is a Re morning sickness lead to unexpected

accident. Adjustment must be done before the traveling, make sure


Backrest
that it is securely fixed.
adjustment strap

Department of Sakumisao each


When working with sheet, it is the hands or feet be very
■ How storage
careful so as not to Somerset.
1. Separation and storing a three-point seat belt of center
Knob
To. When working with sheets while applying the engine does not
2 Separation retractable seat belt P.30
stand behind the exhaust pipe.
2. Lower the headrest. It may be the unexpected injury, such as burns.

Do not put things under the seat.

Things sheet is not fixed caught, it may lead to an


accident unexpected I think.

172
uu Adjustment of the seat u Third seat

Backrest 3. Pull the backrest adjustment strap, forward 1 How storage


adjustment strap knock down. Sheet is rising on the float and remove the sheet of fixed hook.

Never climb on top of the sheet, if you hold or place things, it is

possible that those things fly. Storage or riding on top of the third

sheet, please do not remove the fixed hook in the state of the

remains or place things.

Four. While pulling the lower part of the lever, strap

Using the defeat the entire sheet in the rear.


Lever straps
Department of Sakumisao each

Five. While pressing down from the top of the sheet, fixed

Put a hook.

Fixed
hook

Continued on next page 173


uu Adjustment of the seat u Third seat

■ Back the way 1 Back the way

Remove the sheet of fixed hook sheet is Ri Ukiaga.


1. While pressing down from the top of the sheet, fixed

Remove the hook.


Never climb on top of the sheet, if you hold or place things, it is
u Remove the fixed hook when the seat is Ukiaga
possible that those things fly. Storage or riding on top of the third
Ri you. sheet, please do not remove the fixed hook in the state of the

remains or place things.


Fixed
hook

Department of Sakumisao each 2. Cause the whole sheet forward, secure the seat surface

To.

Backrest 3. The back while pulling the backrest adjustment strap


adjustment strap Leaning the cause and fixed. When you return the seat to its

original, sliding Niyu before and after the sheet, make sure that it

is fixed.

174
uu Adjustment of the seat u Headrest

Headrest

■ Front seat, the second bench seat (left and right), the regulation of the second pre-Mi 1 Headrest

Am cradle seat headrests


w
In the heart center of the The center of the back of the head is, Adjust the height of the
Headrest it adjusted to be sure the correct position.
headrest of the back of the headrest to come so that the center of the headrest.
head

If the height of the headrest is not appropriate, the effect of the

hedge dressed is low, there is a danger of being a serious


When high: Pull up the headrest.
injury at the time of a collision.
When lower: Lower while pressing the knob.

Not traveling in a state of removing the headrest.


Department of Sakumisao each
There is a danger of being a serious injury at the time of a

collision.
■ Tilt adjustment of the headrest

Headrest of the front seat, please adjust the Align slope Second bench seat (center), do not want to travel in a state in
in attitude. which the lower the Sadoshi door of the headrest.

When adjusting to the front: Press Previous after the


There is a danger of being a serious injury at the time of a
headrest.
button collision.
When adjusting to the rear: Do not press the release button,

press from front to back Luo headrest.

Continued on next page 175


uu Adjustment of the seat u Headrest

■ Second bench seat (center) ✤ , Position change of the third seat headrest

Second bench seat


When you ride, pulling up a headless door before
(center) traveling, and securely fixed.

Knob
When high: Pull up the headrest.
When lower: Lower while pressing the knob.

Department of Sakumisao each

Third seat (left and


right)
Knob

Third seat (center) Knob

176
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u Headrest

■ Removing and mounting of the headrest


Headrest can be removed for cleaning or repair.

Removal of the headrest:


Pull up on the headrest, remove it and press the knob.

Mounting of the headrest:


Please insert the legs of the headrest to its original position. Please to match the position of the head rest in the

proper position while pressing the knob. The headrest lightly up and down is, and then securely fixed.

Department of Sakumisao each

177
uu Adjustment of the seat u Armrest

Armrest

■ Operation of the front seat armrest ✤ 1 Armrest

Use defeat before.


c
Seat belt not over hit the armrest when worn.
You can adjust the angle of the armrest in accordance with the angle of

the backrest.
Flaws in the function of the seat belt is demonstrated in the unlikely
Higher: Raise the armrest
event of, there is a risk of incurring serious injury or be.
make low: Above the armrest once or
Lower from in pulled up

advice
Department of Sakumisao each
■ Operation of the second seat armrest Please do not make any large force Do not put luggage or over the

hips to the armrest. There is a possibility that the armrest may be


■ Second bench seat ✤
damaged.
Use defeat before.
1. To release the lock by pulling the lever.
2. Defeat in front of the armrest.

lever

178
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Adjustment of the seat u Armrest

■ Second premium cradle sheet ✤

Use defeat before.

Department of Sakumisao each

179
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Interior lights / Indoor Equipment

Room lamp

■ Interior light switch 1 Room lamp

LED interior light vehicles without ■ ON If the interior lights in the door interlock is on, it will go off in about 30

seconds later and close the door.


interlocked Interior light is lit and not related to the opening and closing of the door.
It will turn off even after 30 seconds in the following cases.
ON
• When that did not open the door to unlock the driver's door
OFF ■ door interlock

Interior light is turned on when the following.


Honda smart key system vehicles
• When you open one of the doors
• When that did not open the door to the power mode to the OFF
• When you unlock the driver's door
mode
Interior light switch door Honda smart key system vehicles Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

LED interior light vehicles • When the power mode to the OFF mode • When that did not open the door and remove the key
Department of Sakumisao each
Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles
Interior light switch
In addition, the following performs an operation when the room lights will immediately
• When you remove the key from the engine switch
goes off.

Door interlocked • When you lock the driver's door


■ OFF
Honda smart key system vehicles
Interior light is off, regardless of the opening and closing of the door.
• When the power mode is closed the door in a state other than the OFF

mode

OFF ON Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

• When I closed the door in the state like the key is inserted into the

engine switch

• When was the engine switch II

While to turn on the light, when the state is not the key is inserted

into the engine switch or path Wamodo, is in the OFF mode, and to

remain open one of the doors, and goes off after about 15 minutes.

180
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Room lamp

■ Map lamp 1 Map lamp

LED interior light vehicles without


light vehicles without ■ Front seat map lamp
Also it can not be turned off by pressing the lens when the following.
At night, he parked the car is light to use, such as when to see
the map.
• When the interior light switch is ON

• When the interior light switch door is open at the door interlocked
It lights up when you press the lens or the switch, and turns off when

you press it again.

LED interior light vehicles LED interior


Department of Sakumisao each

■ Second / third seat map lamp


Room light switch you can operation at the time of the door interlock.

It is turned on by pressing the lens, unlit and press again.

Continued on next page 181


uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Room lamp

■ Cargo space lighting, tailgate lighting

■ ON
Lights when opening the tailgate, turn off the close.

ON ■ OFF
Off regardless of the opening and closing of the tail gate.
OFF

Department of Sakumisao each

182
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

Indoor Equipment

■ Glove box 1 Glove box

Open and pull the knob.


Knob w
Always running close the glove box.
When the glove box is open, passenger when the
collision there is a risk of incurring serious injury.

Department of Sakumisao each


1 Lift-up tray ✤
■ Lift-up tray ✤
Please do not use in the state in which the tray is not fixed.
■ When pulled up
1. To unlock, press the button.
2. Pull up on the tray body until it is fixed
That.

■ To return to the original

1. To unlock, press the button.


button
2. Push down the tray until it is fixed.

Continued on next page 183


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

1 Drink holder
■ Drink holder
■ Drink holder for the front seat
c
Use pull out in front.
Be careful not to spill drinks such as electrical components.

There is a risk of or connected to a vehicle fire or the cause


of drinks it takes a failure in electrical equipment such as
switches.

Department of Sakumisao each ■ Second bench seat for Dorinkuho Ruda ✤

Use in before to defeat the backrest of the second bench seat


center seat.

The passenger side ■ Drink Holder for third seat

Driver's seat side

184
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

■ Accessory socket 1 Accessory socket

Power consumption 180W (15A) The following accessories, and


cover
Located on the passenger side of the instrument panel
supplies power to the DC 12V.
and the third seat. Engine switch ( q Or ( w ※ 1 You can use
Please do not plug in the cigarette lighter.
when. Use open the cover.
There is a risk of heat generation.

In order to prevent the battery up, please use in a state in which the

engine is bought or.

cover Department of Sakumisao each

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

Continued on next page 185


uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

1 Coat hook
■ Coat hook
Located on the second seat right-hand side of the grab
c
rail. Use rotate.
Or put things in the grab rail, interest not multiplied
those heavy or sharp objects on the coat hook.

Or unable to work side-curtain air bag normally, there


is a risk of injury and skips or those in operation.

Department of Sakumisao each

186
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

1 Sunglasses box
■ Sunglasses box
Since the parking under the scorching sun will be hot, please do not
Open by pressing the arrow part. It will be stored and
leave, such as eyeglass.
press it again. Sunglasses can be put and the like. Lenses and frames, it may cause deformation or cracking.

Opening and closing is carried out during the stop, please have your always closed during

traveling.

■ Indoor confirmation mirror Department of Sakumisao each

Mirror is located on the sunglasses box. When you use


will return to the position shown in FIG. Second, it is
useful to confirm the third seat.

Continued on next page 187


uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

1 Sliding door window sunshade


■ Sliding door window sunshade ✤

hook You or pulling up with a knob when you want to use.


c
Not or over anything other than sunshade is on the
Hang the sunshade on the hook.
hook.
Or unable to work side-curtain air bag normally, there
is a risk of injury and skips or those in operation. Also,
please close the windows while driving. Sunshade

Knob been fanned by the wind carry the risk out of the
hook.
Department of Sakumisao each

188
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

1 Heated seats
■ Heated seats ✤

driving seat
You can use when the power mode is ON mode. Driver's
c
seat, you can warm the seat of the passenger seat.
Be aware of the low-temperature burns.

Of such a person is following, please pay attention to the


Press the switch on
HIthe side or LO
side. Press the side if you want to
low-temperature burns.
warm quickly the sheet. Please be on the sideHI
Once warmed up. In
• Infants, the elderly, persons with disabilities body
operation, the indicator light
LO of that push the side lights up. When
• weak skin person
you want to turn off the switch, press lightly on the opposite side,
• intense fatigue person also use over those high,
turn off the display lights. such as insulation blankets may be a
Passenger seat low-temperature burns. Department of Sakumisao each

Because the device has a large power consumption, Do is not used

for a long time when the engine is stopped.

Battery capacity is reduced, it may affect the engine start-up.

Continued on next page 189


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Interior lights / Indoor Equipment u Indoor Equipment

■ Stop display plate fixing belt

Secure the stop display board. The back of the magic


fastener attached to the full lower carpet as shown in
Figure uses.

Magic zipper

Department of Sakumisao each

190
Air conditioning

Air conditioning vent

Department of Sakumisao each

Rear-seat air outlet ※

※: rear seat automatic air conditioner vehicles

191
uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

Use of automatic air conditioning how

The rear seat for auto air conditioning vehicles 1 Air conditioning

Honda Inter navi system vehicles

For more information on voice operation, please refer to the "navigation


system" manual of the separate volume.

Upper body blown foot blast


1 Use of automatic air conditioning how
Up fogging of the
Upper body blowing foot blast foot blast
window glass When you press the Auto (AUTO) of either in use by the icon, the
function of the press icon takes precedence.
Temperature control icon At this time AUTO However, the choice of indicator lights go off
Temperature control icon
(driver's seat side) Functions other than the icon is automatically controlled. When the outside
(passenger side)

temperature is low, in order to prevent a blow-out of the cold air,

AUTO Soon also press the fan rotation


Department of Sakumisao each AUTO icon
A/C icon You may not.

icon When you were parked in the hot sun, while expelling the hot air to
open the window, please start the cooling.
The inside and outside air switching icon Fan speed switching icon

"Lo" at a set temperature display is the maximum cooling, "Hi"

It used after starting the engine. indicates the maximum heating. When the temperature control icon

1. AUTO Press. and fan speed switching icon part to slide with your finger, you can

change the settings.


2. A temperature regulating icon on the driver's seat side (/) to adjust the temperature.

3. When you stop, press.

192
uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

Rear seat cooler vehicles

Upper body blown foot blast


Up fogging of the
Upper body blowing foot blast foot blast
window glass

Fan speed switching Temperature control icon


icon

AUTO icon Department of Sakumisao each


A/C icon

icon

The inside and outside air switching icon

It used after starting the engine.


1. AUTO Press.
2. Adjusting the temperature in a temperature regulating icon (/).

3. When you stop, press.

Continued on next page 193


uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

■ Shy / outside air switching 1 Use of automatic air conditioning how

Press in accordance with the situation, to switch the inside air / outside air. It switched or be in the ON and OFF Each time you press. To

• Shy (indicator lit): If in such a tunnel and congestion, dirty air and you do not want put in the car return to the state prior to turned ON, OFF.

• Outside air (indicator lamp off): When performing ventilation


Idling stop will be switched to the blower.

■ Dehumidification and heating

When you press A


during
/ C heating, it will be the dehumidification and heating.
Such as in the steep uphill, in order to give priority to driving performance,

there is that air conditioning does not work or be.

Department of Sakumisao each

194
uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

■ Use of the front and side fogging of the glass (defroster) type 1 On the front and side glass fogging of (defroster)

How to use
The air conditioning is activated by pressing, it automatically switches
Please do not in the vicinity of the maximum cooling the set temperature.
to the outside air introduction.
When the cold air hits the front glass, it may fog up the outside of

the glass.
Press and anti-fog is stopped again, to return to the
previous state.
When the side glass is cloudy, so that the balloon-style hits the side

surface glass, please adjust the side air outlet.


 Outside air introduction
(indicator light off)

If you take the frost, please switch to the outside air introduced
■ Rapidly when you want to take the frost: Department of Sakumisao each
immediately.
1. Press.
If you continue to use in the recirculated air fogging window glass in the car of
2. Press.
moisture, it will interfere with the view.

When you press during the idling stop, the engine will automatically

restart.
 Recirculated air (ind
icator lit)

Continued on next page 195


uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

1 Interlock activated (synchro) mode ✤


■ Interlock activated (synchro) mode ✤
When you press, it switched or be in conjunction with the operating mode.

The passenger side temperature control icon Driver's seat-side temperature adjustment icon

In the case of the independent mode it can be set separately for the air conditioning of the

set temperature driver's seat side and the passenger's side.

When the interlocking mode of operation, will switch to the setting temperature of the

driver's seat side.

Department of Sakumisao each

Switch the air conditioning of the setting operation from an independent mode in conjunction with the operating mode. It

can be set in conjunction the set temperature of the driver's seat side and the passenger's side.

1. SYNC Press.
u It will switch to the linked mode of operation.

2. In temperature control icon of the driver's seat to set the temperature of the room. To return

to the independent mode, SYNC Or press the temperature control icon of the passenger's side

It is.

196
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Air conditioning u Use of automatic air conditioning how

■ ON and OFF of the touch panel operation sound 1 ON and OFF of the touch panel operation sound

When you operate the air conditioner of the touch panel, it will sound for confirmation. If you want to make this sound to During the configuration change, the button is not related to the

procedure you may press the setting does not work. When the
OFF, please set in the following procedure.
setting does not work, once the engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To, please try
1. The engine switch ( w ※ 1 To.
again from the beginning.
2. Hold the presses temperature downregulation icon
() portion 5 times in a row.
3. In part of the temperature display "- -" After the flashes five times,

make sure that the "OF" is displayed

The release.

Department of Sakumisao each

If you from OFF back to ON, please set the following procedure.
1. The engine switch ( w ※ 1 To.
2. Hold the presses temperature upregulation icon
() portion 5 times in a row.
3. "OF" flashes five times with portions of the temperature display

After, "- -" Make sure that is displayed


The release.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

197
uu Air conditioning u The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤

The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤

■ When operating in the front seat 1 The rear seat for auto air conditioning

When I parked in the scorching sun, please start the cooling while

expelling the hot air to open the window.

Upper body blown foot blast Is-out door front seat air conditioner is OFF or independent mode of operation, the rear
REAR CONTL Upper body blown foot blast
Temperature control icon seat for the automatic air conditioning will be the only automatic heater function.
icon
(driver's seat side)

Rear seat automatic air conditioning setting screen, press, automatically


REARreturns to the
CONTL

original screen if no operation is performed for a few seconds.

Department of Sakumisao each

When the air volume of the rear-seat air conditioning is at a maximum, it


Fan speed switching
icon does not idling stop.

u Depending on the air conditioning of the operating conditions it may not


REAR icon idling stop other than the above-mentioned conditions.

It used after starting the engine.


1. REAR CONTL Press.
u Also press the REAR can be operated.
2. To adjust the temperature in the temperature control icon of the driver's seat side.

3. When you stop, press the REAR.

198
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Air conditioning u The rear seat for auto air conditioning ✤

1 The rear seat for auto air conditioning


■ When operating in the rear seat
When you press any of the switches in use in the auto (AUTO),

function of the switch you press takes precedence.

At this time AUTO The display will disappear, but the press was

Upper body blown foot blast Functions other than the switch is automatically controlled.

Upper body blown foot blast

When the outside temperature is low, in order to prevent a blow-out of the cold air,

AUTO Soon also press the fan rotation

You may not.

Department of Sakumisao each

AUTO switch REAR Fan speed selector Temperature control switch


switch switch

It used after starting the engine.


1. AUTO Press.
2. To adjust the temperature in the temperature control switch.

3. When you stop, press the REAR.

199
uu Air conditioning u Rear seat cooler ✤

Rear seat cooler ✤

1 Rear seat cooler


REAR CONTL When it was parked in the hot sun, while expelling heat bother to
icon open the window, be sure to start the cooling.

When the front seat air conditioner is OFF, the rear seat will be the only

blowing.

Rear-seat cooler setting screen, REAR CONTL Press


Fan speed switching Or, automatically returns to the original screen if no operation is performed for a few
icon
seconds.
Department of Sakumisao each

REAR icon
Idling stop system vehicles

When the air volume of the rear-seat air conditioning is at a maximum, it

does not idling stop.


It used after starting the engine.
u Depending on the air conditioning of the operating conditions it may not
1. REAR CONTL Press. idling stop other than the above-mentioned conditions.

u Also press the REAR can be operated.


2. To adjust the air volume in the fan speed switching icon.
3. When you stop, press the REAR.

200
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Air conditioning u Rear seat cooler ✤

■ When operating in the rear seat

REAR Fan speed selector


switch switch

Department of Sakumisao each

It used after starting the engine.


1. Press the REAR.
2. To adjust the air volume in the fan speed selector switch.
3. When you stop, press the REAR.

201
uu Air conditioning u Automatic air conditioning of the sensor

Automatic air conditioning of the sensor

sensor The automatic air conditioning, is equipped with a sensor.


Or place anything on top of the sensor, please do not
over water.

sensor

Department of Sakumisao each

sensor ✤

202
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
audio

Audio equipment ✤ .................................... 204

203
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Audio equipment ✤

For the handling of audio-TV · DVD, please refer to the "Honda Intana bi system" manual of the
separate volume.

audio

204
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
operation

In this chapter, the driving operation, refueling, has been described, such as accessories.

............................................. before operation 206 Blind spot informational cane down ✤ Refueling For the specified fuel ............................... 258

Driving operation ................................................ 229


The start of the engine .................................. 208 Brake operation How refueling ...................................... 258

Notes at the time of running .................................. 211 Brake system ................................ 232 Accessories and remodeling ............................... 261

.................... for automatic 214 ABS (anti-lock brake system) .... 234

Shift operation .......................................... 215 Electronically controlled brake assist ................. 235

Idling stop system ✤ ....... 219 Emergency stop signal ... 236

ECON switch .................................. 223 City brake active system ✤ ........ 237

Cruise control ✤ ...................... 224 CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤ ............... 245

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) ...... 227 Parking and stopping operation .............................................. 251

REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel Dora Ibingu) system ✤ ......................... 228 Retreat unloading support ✤ .............................. 253

Rear wide camera system ✤ ................... 257

205
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Before the operation

Preparation of operation

Please check the following items before you start the operation. 1 Confirmation of outside the vehicle items

advice

■ Confirmation of outside the vehicle items When the door is frozen, please dissolve over hot water not forcibly

stripped.
• Field of view of the windows and mirrors, or there is nothing blocking the light of the lighting device class?
If forcibly peeled off, you peel off the rubber around the door. After
u Frost, snow, and remove if the ice is attached.
applying the hot water, to prevent freezing, please wipe well the
u If you have piled up snow on the roof it is possible to block the view slides down at the time of traveling
moisture.
Remove because there is sex.
When you're freezing, please remove it from melting ice. The key hole of the door, Do not apply hot water.

u If the ice cubes in the leg is attached, being careful not to damage the parts
Remove. When frozen, the key is you will not be plugged.

• Or bonnet is completely closed?


Misplaced or of combustible materials in the engine room, please
u When the hood is opened while the vehicle is running, it is dangerous is blocked the view.
make sure there is no fuel Eyasui.
operation • Whether the tire is normal?
And if you did not used for a long period of time the vehicle, after
u Air pressure, crack, to see if there are any damage or unusual wear.
the maintenance, please particular attention. It can lead to
2 Inspection and maintenance of the tire P.283
unexpected accidents such as fire.
• Or around the car children are not? Is not

obstacles around the car?


1 Confirmation of the car item
u Blind spot and that can not be seen from the driver's seat, there is a blind spot that can not be confirmed in the rearview mirror or
The driver, please do not use a cell phone while driving.
Because, check before you ride.

That the driver is using a mobile phone other than the hands-free
■ Confirmation of the car item while driving, we are prohibited by law. Caution for the situation

• Or floor mat is not caught in the pedal? surrounding the use while driving is insufficient, assembly may

• Floor or mat is fixed? result in unexpected accident.

• Do not overlap the floor mat?


u It is dangerous there is a possibility that the operation of the brake and the accelerator can not be reliably.
Please use the floor mat for your car.

206
uu Before the operation u Preparation of operation

• Do not place anything on the foot of the front seat?


• Or embarked's luggage is properly secured?
u Loading of inappropriate luggage, the balance of running or a burden to the tire
Is the danger can not be maintained.

• Or luggage does not exceed the height of the seat?

u Is a risk that stick out luggage at the time of sudden braking or interfere with the rear view
There is a danger.
• When you put the animals are either so as not to Limit your movement?

u Or hindering of the operation, O lead to unexpected accidents, such as when the sudden braking
That there is a danger.
• Or such as seat position is adjusted properly?
u Traveling in the wrong seat position is dangerous.
2 Adjustment of the seat P.164

• Room mirror, door mirror, or handle was properly adjusted? operation

u Sit in the correct driving position, and adjust to each appropriate position.
2 Adjustment of the mirror such P.161

2 Adjustment of the handle P.160

• Or all of the occupant is fasten your seat belt?


u All of the crew will always wear seat belts.
2 Wearing of seat belts P.28

• Or door, the tailgate is securely closed?


u All the doors before traveling, the tail gate is closed completely, are properly locked
Make sure that you are.
2 Locking / unlocking of the car P.121

• When the engine is started, or a warning lamp is not lit indicating an abnormality in the meter?

u It travels from to resolve the abnormality of the warning light indicating an abnormality.

2 Warning light P.62

207
Driving operation

The start of the engine

1. Apply the parking brake. 1 The start of the engine


Parking brake pedal

w
When the battery liquid is insufficient, do not start
the engine.
Battery There is a risk of rupture.

c
2. Check that the select leverPis the When you start the engine, stepping firmly
And, stepping on the brake pedal with the right foot. Burekipeda Lumpur.
u ButNyou can start, but the drive for safety
The start of the engine when cold, perform all electrical accessories
Please go in wheels Pare fixed.
from then to OFF.

operation Start-up of the cold when the engine of the write class in order to

prevent an anti-Worn of the battery, air conditioning, please go after

all OFF electrical accessories, such as Riyadefuro star.


break pedal

208
uu Driving operation u The start of the engine

Honda smart key system vehicles 1 The start of the engine

3. Without going through the accelerator pedal, If the engine is not applied, please operation Wait at least 10

ENGINE START / STOP Press. seconds.

Or exhaust sound is changed, when indelible smell of gasoline and exhaust gas

is in the car, the abnormality will be considered of the exhaust system and fuel

system.

Please have it inspected by Honda dealer.

Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles


In order to protect the car from theft, it has adopted a key
3. Without going through the accelerator pedal, engine scan immobilizer system.

III
Turn on the switch. Therefore, you can not start the engine and not a key that has been

u When the engine is started and the engine switcher pre-registered.

2 Immobilizer system P.140


Release the switch.
operation

Honda smart key system vehicles

ENGINE START / STOP To start-up the engine

You do not need to hold down to.

■ Stopping of the engine When the battery of Honda smart key has expired, the key

ENGINE START / STOP Please touch the.


1. Add to the select lever. P
2 Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired
Honda smart key system vehicles
P.311
2. ENGINE START / STOP Press.
Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles
Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles
2. The engine switch, turn up slowly. 0 than 15 seconds.
Please Do not the engine switch to the more III
u Setting the engine switch, the0 handle is locked.
As soon as the engine is started, sure to release the hand. It will

automatically return to. II

Continued on next page 209


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u The start of the engine

1 Operation at the time of start


■ Operation at the time of start

1. While stepping on the brake pedal with the right foot, to the select lever. D
c
u If you want to retreat toRthe.
While stepping on the accelerator pedal, do not operate the
2. To release the parking brake.
select lever.
u Please make sure that the brake warning light is turned off.
It may cause an unexpected accident and sudden acceleration.
2 Parking brake P.232

3. The brake pedal away gradually, to start stepping slowly the accelerator pedal. At the start of a slope, please combination of parking brake without

fail.

So that the car does not retreat, while applying the parking brake,

from instead of stepping to the A Kuserupedaru in earlier releases

the brake pedal, please release the parking brake.

operation
■ Hill start assist system 1 Hill start assist system

When the start of the steep slope, then release the foot from the brake pedal, the reverse of the vehicle is alleviated by In the gentle slope there is that the system does not work.
holding the brake force of about one second, a system that facilitates the start.

210
uu Driving operation u Notes on running

Notes on running

■ When the fog came out 1 Notes on running

Visibility will be worse when the fog came out. Lit by the downward headlights even during the day, the While driving, please do not stop the engine.

It is dangerous to the status as follows.


central line, guardrail, such as a guide the tail lamp of the preceding vehicle, please travels slow down.
• Since the booster of the brake does not work, effectiveness of braking

may deteriorate

• Fried steering power steering of the power device, such work is


■ When the wind is strong heavy

When the wind is strong car, such as flows in sideways, firmly grip the handle and rebuild the course drop
Do running is not in the select lever. N
the speed gradually.
The exit of the tunnel, bridge, on top of the embankment, the mountains, such as overtaking at the time of traveling or during
Engine brake is not ineffective at all, it may cause an unexpected
heavy truck Kiridoshi shaved, in order to especially susceptible to side wind, sure to caution.
accident.

When you move the car, please be sure to start the engine.
operation

Such as the movement of using the downhill may cause an unexpected

accident.

Until the 1,000km traveling, sudden acceleration for the protection of the engine

and drive system, avoid sudden acceleration, please refer to the modest

operation.

Continued on next page 211


uu Driving operation u Notes on running

1 When it is raining
■ When it is raining
Note the hydroplaning phenomenon.
Since the time of rainy weather that has become slippery road surface, sudden braking, sudden acceleration, please carefully operation

than usual to avoid the steep handle.


The hydroplaning phenomenon, when you run the place where the
In accumulate easy location of water, such as a rut it will be easier Ya cause the hydroplaning phenomenon.
road surface is enveloped by water at high speed, between the tire

and the road surface can water of the film, that of the state, such that

ineffective handle and brake floated tires It refers to.


Deep puddles, such as flooding road, please do not travel. Engine and drive system of corruption, there is a risk that lead

to failure of the electrical equipment.

operation

212
uu Driving operation u Notes on running

■ Additional Notes 1 Additional Notes

During traveling, when subjected to a strong impact under the floor, because there is a possibility that lead to unexpected accident,
c
please make sure that there are no damage leakage of brake fluid and fuel, to each section to stop immediately in a safe place.
The vehicle speed at the time of shift down, be very careful.

On a slippery road surface, sudden engine brake is


you will Kotogaa lead to a slip of the tire.

advice

Or repeat a handle operated vehicle stop or during an extremely


low speed, the temperature of the EPS (electric power steering)
system, such as by holding apply force to the handle is increased,
limiting the function of power devices for system protection
because, handle operation will gradually heavier.
operation

Will return to the temperature of the system is reduced, but if


intermittently repeat how to use such as system protection works,
will be the cause of system damage.

advice

If you notice any of the following conditions, there is a risk of


damage to the under spoiler.
• Fly from the flat road to the flat road from the uphill, downhill and
uphill, downhill
• Getting on and off to the location of the shoulder of a road, such as the step

• Traveling the road with irregularities and rut

• Passage of the recess with a (hole) location

• Parking to the location of the bollard

• Parking along the road shoulder

213
uu Driving operation u About automatic

About automatic

■ Creep phenomenon 1 Creep phenomenon

When the engine is at stake, select lever PN Dynamic and has entered into other than Creep phenomenon will be stronger when the engine speed is increased.

Ready to force led, even without stepped on the accelerator pedal by the creep phenomenon, start moving
When the engine speed is raised, please stepped firmly Burekipe
the car slowly.
Dar.

When the vehicle is stopped at the uphill, than the force of forward due to creep

phenomenon, more of the force to retreat becomes large, there are times when

the car is retracted.

Stepping on the brake pedal, please take the parking brake.

1 Kick down
■ Kick down
operation Come and depresses the accelerator pedal in such as uphill, rising
Select lever DS In depresses fill the accelerator pedal during running,
above suddenly engine rotation by the kick-down, the speed is too
Automatically the gear ratio is changed up the rotational speed of the engine, you can get a powerful acceleration.
out.

Please the accelerator pedal is carefully operation. On a slippery road

surface or curve, it is the special attention is required.

214
uu Driving operation u Shift operation

Shift operation

You can switch the select lever in accordance with the running state. 1 Shift operation

Honda smart key system vehicles

■ Names and Functions of the select position When the select lever is otherPthan the power mode it does not

become OFF mode.


parking Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles
Start-up of the car or engine
button When the select lever is other
P than, because the engine switch

does not turn up, you


0 will not be able to pull out the key.

reverse
Retraction of the car

R When the position to inform that you have entered into the

R
select lever to the driver chime tone sounds.
neutral
Idling state

N In the case of the position also, when the engine is cold due to
operation
drive the viscosity of the transmission fluid, it may the car starts to move
Normal running
slightly.
7-speed manual shift mode vehicles
• When temporarily to 7-speed manual shift mode
Firmly stepping on the brake pedal, please take the parking brake if

necessary.
Drive (S)
• Efficient use of the high speed region
• When traveling uphill or downhill
7-speed manual shift mode vehicles
• When the 7-speed manual shift mode

Continued on next page 215


uu Driving operation u Shift operation

1 Operation of the select lever


■ Operation of the select lever
advice
Select position is, in conjunction with the select position indicator light in the meter unit, to display the current
Retreat from the forward, completely stopped the car when you move
position at the lighting of the indicator lights.
forward from the retracted, please operate the cell Rekutoreba while

stepping on the brake pedal.

When the car is to operate the lever in a state that is not completely

stopped, large enough to damage the transmission.

Red zone tachometer


When to start the car, please check the position of the select lever in

the select position indicator light in order to prevent accidents

Select position indicator caused by misunderstanding.

When you select position indicator light is blinking while driving,


operation
Shift indicator / there is an abnormality in the transmission.

M (7-speed manual shift mode) indicator ✤


Avoid sudden acceleration, sure to receive a check in the Honda dealer.

Stepping on the brake pedal with the right foot,


If you stepped on the brake pedal while holding down the select
operation and press the button
lever button, you may not be able to operation of the select lever.

Without pressing the button, operation Press directly


Please depress the brake pedal before.
operation button

Can the outside is very low temperature (below 30 degrees minus),

you may switch the display of the select position is a little late.

Please be sure to check the select position before traveling.

216
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Shift operation

■ 7-speed manual shift mode and is ✤


The shift switch on the handle, you can shift manually 1 to 7 in Hayama without lifting your hands from the
steering wheel. Pulling the shift switch while the vehicle is running, it will switch to a 7-speed manual shift
mode. Even when the engine brake is required, please use.

■ When the select position is D


Temporarily become a 7-speed manual shift mode, shift indicator lights up.

When in a state of constant speed running and acceleration, 7-speed manual shift mode is automatically
+
canceled. It can also be released that continues to pull the shift switch (right side) for a few seconds.

Such as in front of the curve, it is useful when you want to temporarily slow down. operation

■ When the select position is S

Become a 7-speed manual shift mode, the displayMlights and the shift indicator lights.

When the vehicle speed is lowered a shift switch without operation, automatically Shifutoda Unshi to turn the low speed stage, it will

shift down to the first speed when you stop.

When the engine speed vehicle speed is increased approaches the limit speed (red zone), automatically shifted up

one stage.

Start can be done only at the first speed.


S
If you want to cancel the mode, please move the selector lever DM
from to. 7-speed manual shift mode is
canceled, the display lights and the shift indicator goes off.

Continued on next page 217


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Shift operation

1 7-speed manual operation of the shift mode ✤


■ 7-speed manual operation of the shift mode ✤
When you operate the shift switch, when the engine speed after the

Shift switch operation is outside the allowable range does not change speed indicator

light will blink.

In order to engine protection, you may automatically Shifutoa'-flops

and shift down.

When you operate the shift switch on a slippery road surface, when

the tire is such as to lock, it might return from the 7-speed manual

shift mode to the normal running.

When you operate the shift switch at low speed, in order to protect
operation
the transformer mission, you may indicator light without the shift is

flashing.
- Shift switch Subtracting (left), + Shift switch and pull the (right side),
downshifting (shifting to the low gear) (shift to the high speed gear) shift up

218
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Idling stop system ✤

Idling stop system ✤


In order to improve fuel efficiency and idling noise reduction, or idling stop when the vehicle is stopped, it is a 1 Idling stop system ✤

system in which the engine is automatically restarted. During the idling stop, the display lights up. We are using a dedicated battery adapted to the idling stop system

vehicles. If you use other than the dedicated battery, there is a

Buzzer is opened the driver's door when the indicator possibility that premature aging and idling stop of the battery is less

likely to be working. Please during the exchange using a dedicated


light is lit, you know that you are idling Stop.
battery. Please consult your Honda dealer for details.

Multi-information display vehicles


✤ 2 specification P.336 , 340
Multi-information display in the idling stop state message
will be displayed. When the ECON switch is to ON, the option increases idling stop

time in air conditioning use.


2 Warning light P.72

2 Indicator light P.76 2 ECON switch P.223


operation
2 Customization features P.96

1 Idling stop system OFF switch


■ Idling stop system OFF switch
When you press during the idling stop, the engine is restarted.
To OFF the idling stop system, please press. Indicator
light in the switch is turned on, the system is turned OFF.

Even if it OFF at the time of the last traveling, is or will


automatically be ON and to start the engine again.

Continued on next page 219


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Idling stop system ✤

1 The idling stop


■ The idling stop
During the idling stop, please do not only open the bonnet. It
And the idling stop and have stepped on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped.
opened the hood, the engine does not re-start automatically. When I

opened the bonnet, and to the select lever,


■ Conditions that do not idling stop
• When the driver is not wearing a seat belt
• When the water temperature of the engine cooling water is low, or high when
P ENGINE START / STOP In en
• When the oil temperature of the transmission fluid is low or high when
Please let me restart the gin.
• After the engine is started, when the vehicle stops without reaching the 5km / h 2 The start of the engine P.208
• When the vehicle stops at a steep slope

• When you are in additionDto the select lever During the idling stop,
• When you start the engine in a state in which the hood is open ENGINE START / STOP When you press the accessories

u Please restart the engine from closing the bonnet. Does not restart automatically becomes the mode. Please refer to the

• When the amount of charge of the battery is low start-up operation of the normal engine.
operation
• When the internal temperature of the battery is 5 ℃ below 2 The start of the engine P.208

• Outside air temperature - at 20 ° C. or less, or 40 ° C. or higher, when using air conditioning

• In air conditioner set temperature Hi or Lo, when using air conditioning


• When the air volume of the rear seat air conditioner / cooler is the maximum

u Idling stop by the air conditioning of operating conditions other than the above-mentioned conditions

You may not.


• When but of ON

• Honda Smart Parking Assist system ✤ When There it is operating

220
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Idling stop system ✤

■ Conditions that may not idling stop


• When it was shut down over the sudden braking

• When you are moving the handle


• When the air-conditioned air volume is large

• When the altitude is high

• In a low vehicle speed, when the acceleration and deceleration are repeated

• When there is a large temperature difference between the set temperature, and the in-vehicle air conditioning is in use

• When the car of the humidity is high in the use of air conditioning

• When the air volume of the rear seat air conditioner / cooler is the maximum

u Idling stop by the air conditioning of operating conditions other than the above-mentioned conditions

You may not.

operation

Continued on next page 221


uu Driving operation u Idling stop system ✤

1 The engine is automatically restarted


■ The engine is automatically restarted
Engine from idling stop restart Then, depending on the electronic
When you release the brake pedal engine will automatically restart.
equipment you are using, you may power is temporarily turned off.

■ Without releasing the brake pedal, the conditions under which the engine is automatically restarted

• When you press the

• When you move the handle


• When in the select lever,Ror when
S you operate from to N D
• To parked on a slope, when a moving car loosen the brake
• When you loosen Dari depressed repeatedly brake
• When the amount of discharge of the battery is large

• When I stepped on the accelerator pedal

• When the driver removed the seat belt


operation • When you press the

• When the temperature difference between the set temperature and the interior in air conditioning use has increased

• When the interior of the humidity has increased in use air conditioning

• When the air volume of the rear seat air conditioner / cooler is the maximum

u Idling stop by the air conditioning of operating conditions other than the above-mentioned conditions

You may not.

■ Starting auxiliary brake function

Starting from the idling stop holds the temporarily braking force even if you release your foot from the brake pedal, this

will make it harder down the car on a slope.

222
uu Driving operation u ECON switch

ECON switch
1 ECON switch

When the ECON mode, you may effect of the air conditioning is

✤ weakened during travel.

When you press the switch engine, transmission, automatic air conditioning, cruise control ✤ And it
controls the operation, Controls to easily the energy saving operation.

operation
Engine switch ( w ※ 1 If you press the switch when the indicator light is turned on in the meter ECON mode is Ri Do to ON, it

will switch to fuel-saving control depending on the circumstances of the operation.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

223
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Cruise control ✤

Cruise control ✤
In such an acceleration / deceleration operation less motorway such as motorway device for keeping the vehicle speed without stepped 1 Cruise control

on the accelerator pedal to a constant when the constant speed operation.


w
In such a case
On the road, such as the following, do not use the cruise
■ Shift position, which can be used
control.
DS When
■ Vehicle speed that can be used By road situation, Ri connected to the unexpected accident.

Desired value of about 30km / h ~ 100km / h There is sufficient distance between vehicles

• Crowded though, not the distance between the vehicles Na

take enough road

You can not travel at a speed that matches the road conditions.

operation CRUISE MAIN lights of the meter


• road with steep downhill
Cruise control will be ON.
Engine brake is not ineffective enough, you may
operation
■ Handle of CRUISE Press exceed the rate at which the set.
• Slippery road, such as freezing and snow

Tire is idle, you could lose control of the car.

Cruise control is automatically turned OFF when the power mode to

accessory mode or OFF mode.

In the uphill and downhill, you might not maintain a constant speed

depending on the conditions.

When the ECON mode, will be more smooth acceleration.

224
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Cruise control ✤

1 To set the vehicle speed


■ To set the vehicle speed
If you do not want the automatic constant speed running
- / SET switch
For your safety CRUISE Go to OFF Press

Sai.

Lighting
When the power mode to accessory mode or OFF mode,

CRUISE Automatically

It turned OFF.

Lighting

Press and release

It turns on when the automatic constant-speed running

Release the foot from the pedal when it became a vehicle of hope, - / SET Press.
- / SET When you release the, is set to the vehicle speed at the time of release will be an automatic constant speed running. at the
operation
same time, CRUISE CONTROL Indicator lights up.

■ To adjust the vehicle speed


Hand of RES / + When- / SET In operation, it is possible to raise / lower the vehicle speed.

RES / + switch RES / + switch


• Top speed by about 1.5km / h each time you press one wants

• Press and hold up vehicle speed, fixed to the vehicle speed when you

release the hand

- / SET switch
• The vehicle speed is lowered by about 1.5km / h Each time you press 1 times

- / SET switch • Press and hold the vehicle speed is lowered and secured to the vehicle

speed when you release the hand

Continued on next page 225


uu Driving operation u Cruise control ✤

■ To cancel 1 To cancel

When the next operation, automatic constant speed running is To return to the set vehicle speed before release
CRUISE
switch Even after releasing the automatic constant speed running, while the vehicle is running at
released. at the same time, CRUISE CONTROL Indicator light will go
more than the vehicle speed 30km / h RES / + By pressing the,
off.
You can return to the automatic constant-speed running of the previous set vehicle speed
• CANCEL Press
released.
• CRUISE Press
• Stepping on the brake pedal RES / + switch

CANCEL switch

operation

However, you can not return the following cases.

• After release, when the vehicle speed is less than 30km / h

• CRUISE In when the OFF operation

When the vehicle speed is less than or equal to 25km / h

Automatic constant speed running will be released automatically.

226
uu Driving operation u VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)


The VSA, ABS function, and overall control of the TCS function and side-slip suppression function, is a device to try to suppress the 1 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

change in the behavior of rapid vehicle. Because to ensure the stability of the vehicle even in a state in which the VSA is

activated there is a limit, please do not unreasonable operation.

■ ABS (anti-lock brake system) function 2 P.234


• Drop enough speed before the curve

• Snowy, when traveling the freezing path, fitted with Sunotai Ya or


■ TCS (Traction Control System) function
tire chains operating at modest velocity
To prevent the unnecessary idling of the drive wheel, such as a slippery road surface, the driving force, is the ability to try to ensure the

steering capability.

When you want to escape from fresh snow or mud, in when the
■ Sideslip suppression function
VSA to OFF TCS function is limited, it may be driving wheels at low
At the time of turning in such rapid steering wheel operation and slippery road surface, it is the ability to try to ensure the stability of the
speed effective since easily rotated.
vehicle by suppressing such as skidding of the wheels.

operation
In addition, it installed electronic control brake Assist to assist the brake operation of the driver at the time of emergency After the escape from the fresh snow and mud, please ON promptly

braking. VSA. Traveling in while the VSA to the OFF is not recommended.

2 Electronically controlled brake assist P.235

■ VSA operation and warning lights


When the types and different tire sizes are mixed, VSA may not

TCS in the function or the skid suppression function is active, VSA function properly.

actuation indicator lamp blinks. Always tire, the same specified size, please use the same type of

tire on the specified air pressure.

When the VSA warning light is lit during the operation, the abnormality of the

system will be considered.

There is no obstacle for normal operation, please have it inspected

at the Honda dealer immediately.

Continued on next page 227


uu Driving operation u REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel driving) system ✤

1 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)


■ VSA OFF switch
Even if you OFF at the time of the last of the running, it automatically
The VSA function to partially stop (OFF) state, please
turns ON when starting the engine again.
press until the buzzer and the "beep" sounds a.

During immediately after the start of the engine and driving, motor
TCS function is limited, you will have the drive wheels at a low speed easy
noise from the engine room for the system check, you may hear
to rotate. the, but this is not a malfunction.

To again use (ON), and press until you hear the buzzer
and the "beep" the.

REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel driving) system ✤ 1 REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel dry bottle

Grayed) system
operation
When the tire of different types and sizes are mixed, AWD may not
AWD (all-wheel driving) system, snow land, sand, mud, in steep slope such as the slippery road surface, function properly.

but has immediately been in off-road compared to the 2WD vehicle (two-wheel drive vehicle), the following Always tire, the same specified size, please use the specified air

points so not perfect please note. pressure of the same type of tire.

• Accelerator, steering wheel, brake operation is performed again carefully general car
When the oil temperature in the system continued to wheel racing of
• Sand, mud, etc., are not continuously running in the front wheel idles convenient location
the running in the state of AWD goes up, it may be switched from
• Not the water running, such as a river crossing
AWD for system protection in 2WD.
• Brake performance because there is little difference in comparison with the 2WD models, on a slippery road surface traveling taking

enough distance between vehicles After a while the oil temperature is lowered, and then return to the AWD.

228
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Blind Spot Information ✤

Blind Spot Information ✤


News that the detection area of ​the adjacent lane behind there are other vehicle, is a system to reduce the burden at the time of the 1 Blind Spot Information

operation, such as the driver to change lanes.


w
During the lane change is confirmed, such as visual and mirrors.

By the situation, it may not be able to detect the vehicle. When

you do a lane change without the direct confirmation, it may lead

to unexpected accident.

As with other driver assistance systems, there is a limit to the blind

spot information. If you overestimate the system, there you have it

you lead to unexpected accident.

operation
The following cases, it may blind spot in Fomeshon warning light

does not light up.

• Can the other of the vehicle is not in the detection range for more than 2 seconds

• When the adjacent lane is parked vehicle

• When the vehicle overtakes about 10 km / h or faster difference

vehicles traveling adjacent lane

• Or close to those that are not detected by the radar sensor, when

or passed

• When vehicle traveling lane and the adjacent vehicle is small-sized vehicle

such as a two-wheel vehicles

Continued on next page 229


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Driving operation u Blind Spot Information ✤

■ The operating conditions of the system 1 Blind Spot Information

Even when another vehicle is within the detection range, it may be


When the vehicle speed of the subject vehicle is moving forward at 20
km / h or more, detects the detection range of the vehicle radar sensor
operated as follows.

is in sensing range A: about 0.5 m B: about 3m C: about 3m • Such as by spray, blind spot Lee down conformation warning

Radar Sensor: located in lamp is not lit, are displayed as a "blind spot system inspection"
the rear bumper side. Detection range to the multi-information display
A

B • Even if the multi-information display has been displayed as a

"blind spot system inspection", blind spot info automation warning

lamp is lit
C

Select lever ( R When the system is not working.

operation

230
uu Driving operation u Blind Spot Information ✤

■ When the system detects a vehicle Blind Spot Information WARNING 1 Blind Spot Information

The alarm sounds, you can customize the settings for the alarm
Lighting
Tsugeto: There is on both sides of the door mirror mirror. display.
2 Customization features P.96

Conditions that blind spot information warning lamp is turned


The following case, there is a possibility of such a system is not
on: exactly shown Table affected.
Flashing
• When you are right or left turn at an intersection
• Other vehicles, when entering from behind the detection range for
• Installation of the roadside (guardrail, utility poles, trees, parked car vehicle,
overtaking vehicle speed difference of about 50 km / h hereinafter
building, wall, etc.) when it is detected

vehicle speed than the vehicle • And when the motorcycle enters the detection range, when the one that does not

• When hurts have additionally the other vehicles in the vehicle speed reflect the radio wave is in the detection range

difference of up to about 20 km / h • When you are traveling on a curved road

• When another vehicle is approaching from the outer side than the

Blind Spot Information warning light flashes and condition alarm adjacent lane

• When there is close to emit strong radio equipment operation


sounds: detecting when there is another vehicle in the range,
• Rear bumper and radar sensors around corruption, when it is
operates the direction indicator switch in the direction where there is
deformed
detected vehicles Then, the alarm sound is three times It will ring.
• When bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

• In order to operate the system properly when you are inclined vehicle body by the

unevenness of the turning and the road surface, please be sure to observe the following

things.

• The side portion of the rear bumper should always be clean

• No Paste seal and the side surface portion of the rear bumper

When performing or repair when an impact is applied to the


peripheral rear bumper and radar sensors, please consult your
Honda dealer.

231
Brake operation

Brake system

■ Parking brake 1 Parking brake

Is a brake which mainly used at the time or parking the vehicle is stopped. This operation Ri by the parking brake pedal. advice

When traveling while applying the parking brake, there is a

possibility that the rear brake and the axle may be damaged.
Parking brake pedal ■ Apply the parking brake
Depress the parking brake pedal to the sect doctor with his left
In the parking state brake was completely canceled, please
foot.
traveling.

When the parking brake is running in a completely released are not

already state, it will sound "forgotten warning buzzer skip back

parking brake".

When fully released, the buzzer will stop. Even when the

vehicle stops, the buzzer will stop.


Parking brake pedal ■ To release the parking brake
operation 1. Stepping on the brake pedal with the right foot.
Multi-information display vehicles
2. Stepping the parking brake pedal with his left foot
In the multi-information display and "Please release the parking
Look, back slowly. brake." I get the table shows.

When you park, please take the parking brake Always so as not to

break pedal Ugokidasa the car.

232
uu Brake operation u Brake system

1 Foot brake
■ Foot brake
When traveling on a puddle, please check the degree of
This is the main brake for the deceleration and stopping of the car. It works with the brake pedal.
effectiveness of the brake.

When effectiveness is poor, please stepped on blanking Rekipedaru lightly several


Emergency electronic control brake assist to generate a large braking force by the time of braking is equipped with.
times until the effectiveness condition is returned.

2 Electronically controlled brake assist P.235 While stepping on the brake, if a constantly metallic grinding

Kosuoto hear you need to replace the brake pads.


In addition, in the ABS to prevent the locking of the brakes (anti-lock brake system), we are working to
improve safety. Please have it inspected by Honda dealer.

2 ABS (anti-lock brake system) P.234


If you continue down the brake pedal in the long downhill, brake to

overheat, no longer is a danger effectiveness of the brakes is evil.

operation
For this reason, long in such as downhill, use the engine brake.

Release the foot from the accelerator pedal, and shift the gear to

the low-speed, speed will fall in the rotational resistance of the

engine.

233
uu Brake operation u ABS (anti-lock brake system)

ABS (anti-lock brake system)

■ ABS The 1 ABS (anti-lock brake system)

The ABS (anti-lock brake system), when you brake in sudden braking or slippery road surface, to advice

stabilize the posture of the vehicle by preventing wheel lock, is a device to try to secure-out effect of the When the types and different tire sizes are mixed, it may ABS is not

functioning properly.
handle .
Always tire, the same specified size, please use the specified air

pressure of the same type of tire.


■ Operating and warning lights of the ABS

When I stepped on the brake pedal, you may brake pedal is wiggle, but this is the normal operation of
When the ABS warning lamp is lit during the operation, the abnormality of the
the ABS. As it is sure to continue stepping strongly the brake pedal.
system will be considered.

There is no hindrance to the normal brake operation, but there is a


In addition, ABS in low speed (less than the vehicle speed about 10km / h) does not operate, will be the same as working a normal possibility that the ABS is not working. Please have it inspected at the

brake. Honda dealer immediately.

ABS warning light ABS does not in any manner intended to shorten the braking distance.
operation
The engine switch ( w ※ 1 When the on briefly to normal state is to turn off.
Similar to the vehicle that is not equipped with ABS, the road will require a

long braking distance as slippery. Since there is a limit to the effectiveness

of the vehicle attitude and handle even in a state in which the ABS is

activated, please try to safe driving without overconfidence. In addition,

compared with the next such cases, the vehicle that is not installed the

ABS, there is the braking distance is longer.

• Gravel road, deep fresh snow, bad road, such as uneven road

• Step, such as paving of seams and manhole

• Tire chains when mounting

During immediately after the engine start-up and running, there is a


※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
Rukoto hear the motor sound from the engine room for the system
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.
check, but this is not a malfunction.

234
uu Brake operation u Electronically controlled brake assist

Electronically controlled brake assist

■ An electronic control brake assist


During emergency braking, is a device for assisting a brake operation of a larger force caused the driver.

■ Operation of the electronic control brake assist


When depressed strongly the brake pedal, it will be brake is effective against more strongly.

When the brake assist is activated, pedal or little by little moved, there is the working sound or hear.
This is not unusual in the phenomenon of when the brake assist is activated. Please continue
stepping strongly the brake pedal as it is.
2 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) P.227

operation
E- pretensioner vehicles

Seat belt of the operation and at the same time the driver's seat and the passenger seat of the brake assist will be drawn.

2 E- pretensioner ✤ P.27

235
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Brake operation u Emergency stop signal

Emergency stop signal


Emergency stop signal, a system that the vehicle is notified to the following vehicle flashing automatically fast 1 Emergency stop signal

very flashing indicator that multiplied by the sudden braking is low reducing the possibility of collision. Works and Emergency stop signal is a system to reduce the risk of being

put a sudden brake when you are traveling at 60km / h or more. rear-end collision, it does not completely prevent the add collision.

When you operation avoid sudden brake unnecessary, please try to

safe driving.

■ Mechanism of working

1 Put a sudden brake When the hazard switch is ON, Emaje down Sea stop signal does

not work.
1 Braking lamp lighting

When the ABS is not working a certain period of time or more, there is if

the system does not work.

2 Flashing emergency flashing indicator light at high speed

operation
2 Blinking direction indicator indicator within meter on the left and right at the same time high-speed

Emergency stop signal, to the actuation stops The following conditions.

• When you release the brake pedal

• When the ABS is stopped

• When it is no longer in sudden deceleration

• When the hazard switch to ON

236
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

City brake active system ✤


At the time of low-speed running, the vehicle is to come and there is a risk of collision from almost directly behind the front of the 1 City brake active system

vehicle, helping the driver's brake operation is a device to mitigate the impact of a collision or to help collision avoidance.
w
City brake active system is not a system can
avoid a collision with nitrous Rayuru situation.
■ System operating conditions

When the vehicle speed of the vehicle is 5km / h ~ 30km / h, the laser sensor detects the front of the vehicle Shy tuna if it is incorrectly operated in an accident such as a collision,
there is a Re morning sickness leading to death or serious injury.

In order to operate the system properly, please be sure to observe

the following things.

Laser sensor • Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass top, ice,

when there is an obstacle, such as frost is removed


operation

The front glass top, equipped with a laser


• When cleaning the glass, I do not give a shock to the laser
sensor of the City brake active system
sensor

• Do not remove the sensor

When the speed difference between the vehicle there is a risk of collision against the vehicle 5km / h ~ 30km / h, the system
is activated.

Continued on next page 237


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

■ How the operation of the system 1 City brake active system

In the following cases, it can not properly detect the vehicle, the
Multi-information display non-vehicles
system might not work.
When a state in which a risk is a collision, the buzzer (Pipipi) • If the front of the vehicle is slanted, horizontal, the facing, when it is difficult to

becomes, CTBA Indicator light flashes, detect the vehicle

Brake will take strong. The system is activated, after the • When inter-vehicle distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short

• When the relative speed difference between the vehicle and the front of the vehicle is large
vehicle stops, the automatic brake is released.
• Another vehicle ahead of the host vehicle is an interrupt, when performing sudden

deceleration

• Perform rapid acceleration, when approaching the front of the vehicle


For safety, please step on the brake pedal, if necessary.
• When an oncoming vehicle ahead of the host vehicle has jumped out suddenly
In addition, stop the car,
• When the vehicle has jumped suddenly in front of the oncoming vehicle
CTBA Indicator light
• Intersection, etc., when the car was jumping out in front of the vehicle
It will see 10 for a few seconds.

operation • Rain, fog, in the case of bad weather, such as snow

It should be noted that, in an attempt to avoid the collision, the driver steering wheel, brake pedal, when you • When road conditions such as a curve

operate the access Rupedaru, it is that the system is released. • When the driver in an attempt to avoid the collision has operated the

brake and handle

• Such as a forward vehicle is extremely dirty, when the reflection of the

laser is difficult to detect weak

• Car of a special shape such as a carrier car, bicycle, or such as two-wheeled

vehicles, the material of the object, shape, Ri by size, and the like, when the

laser sensor is difficult to detect

• Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass top, ice,

when there is an obstacle, such as frost

When the depression amount of the accelerator pedal is large, the

system might not operate.

238
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

Multi-information display vehicles

If a state that fear is of the collision, will buzzer (Pipipi) is


a multi-informational cane down display of the warning
light flashes, brake will take strong.

The system is activated, after the vehicle stops, the automatic

brake is released.

For safety, please step on the brake pedal, if necessary.

By the system, stop the car, the multi-information display


system the operation of the message will be displayed.

operation
2 Multi-information display ✤ Warning of

WARNING message P.82

It should be noted that, in an attempt to avoid the collision, the driver steering wheel, brake pedal, when you

operate the access Rupedaru, it is that the system is released.

Continued on next page 239


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

■ System of ON and OFF 1 City brake active system

Multi-information display non-vehicles


Multi-information display non-vehicles
In the following cases, the system automatically stops,
CTBA OFF Press about 1 second, ON of the system
CTBA You may indicator light flashes.
And you switch the OFF. • When the temperature in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the

Multi-information display vehicles front glass top is higher


• Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass top, ice,
Use the customization features of the multi-information
when there is an obstacle, such as frost
display will switch between ON and OFF of the system. • I parked the car in a safe place when the snow on the bonnet are
piled up, please perform the following deal.

2 Customization features P.96


• Rutoki has become high temperature in the vicinity of the laser sensor is, the lower

the temperature inside the vehicle by using the air conditioning

• Remove when there is such obstacles and snow on the bonnet


of dirt near the laser sensor
operation
Multi-information display vehicles

In the following cases, the system automatically stops,


CTBA Indicator light is lit, multi-info
Messages may be displayed on the mation display.

• When the temperature in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the


front glass top is higher
• Dirt in the vicinity of the laser sensor on the front glass top, ice,
when there is an obstacle, such as frost
• I parked the car in a safe place when the snow on the bonnet are
piled up, please perform the following deal.

• Rutoki has become high temperature in the vicinity of the laser sensor is, the lower

the temperature inside the vehicle by using the air conditioning

• Remove when there is such obstacles and snow on the bonnet


of dirt near the laser sensor

240
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

When the City brake active system is switched to OFF, CTBA Indicator light 1 City brake active system

There will light. Multi-information display non-vehicles

Even if it OFF at the time of the last of the running, will be automatically ON and activate the power system And when the temperature of the sensor is increased, when it can not

again. properly detect the vehicles in the dirt, CTBA table

示灯 the system flashes will be automatically stopped. Stop the car in a

safe place, or lowering the temperature inside the vehicle by using

the air conditioner, please wipe off the dirt on the front glass.

Multi-information display vehicles

And when the temperature of the sensor is increased, when it can not

properly detect the vehicles in the dirt, CTBA table

示灯 is lit, multi-information di splay message is displayed in the syst

em will stop automatically. Stop the car in a safe place, or lowering


operation
the temperature inside the vehicle by using the air conditioner,

please wipe off the dirt on the front glass.

When the system is ready to operate, the system will automatically

return.

In the following cases, be sure to the system to OFF.

• If you want to use a chassis dynamometer and free roller

• And bad road and such as off-road, which is overgrown with grass, if you

are traveling and mountain road, such as it takes leaves

Continued on next page 241


uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

■ The operation of the absence of possibility of collision 1 City brake active system

In the following cases, consult your Honda dealer.


Even if there is no possibility of a collision, when the following, there is that the system is activated. Be aware of the

surroundings, please traveling.


• When an impact is applied to the laser sensor
• When traveling in close proximity to the front of the vehicle and the oncoming vehicle or the like passing and intersections
• When performing the repair of the peripheral front glass
• When trying to pass at a rate that exceeds the speed limit and low gate and narrow gate

Please do not suspension of remodeling. System There is a risk


• When traveling road having steps, line, over such steel plate construction that does not operate normally.

• When traveling in close proximity, such as in signs and guardrail to the side of the road in the middle of the curve

• Parking or the like, when approaching the vehicle and the wall that is stopped Tires are the same size specified with four-wheel, the same species

such, please use the tire not of the same brand and wear difference.

Size, type, and to use a different tire of the brand and the degree of

wear case, there is a possibility that the system is not working correctly.

operation

When something does, there is that the system is not working

correctly.

• Laden with heavy luggage in the cargo space and seat, when it

is tilted car

• When the tire has not been adjusted to the specified air pressure

242
uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

■ About laser sensor 1 City brake active system

City brake laser sensor of the active system and


Laser w
sensor Ayamahatsu advance suppression function is equipped on
Because of the Re emesis damage the eye by the laser sensor,
the front sharpened the top.
observe the following things.

• Do not remove the sensor.


• Within a distance of 100mm from the sensor, using a

magnifying glass, a microscope, an optical device is

enlarged features such as an objective lens, not stare into

sensor.

The following is a specification data of the laser grade. The same thing has been defined in the label of
IEC60825-1.

Laser grade operation

The maximum average output 45mW


pulse width 33ns
wavelength 905nm
Output angle (horizontal × vertical) 28 ° × 12 °

Laser grade label

Laser descriptive label

Continued on next page 243


uu Brake operation u City brake active system ✤

1 Improper start suppression function


■ Improper start suppression function

When traveling below the standstill and about 10 km / h, almost front of the vehicle despite the obstacle such as a
w
vehicle, when depresses the accelerator pedal, to suppress the engine output, sudden start a to prevent is the
It is not something that can be prevented or reduce the collision by
ability to reduce the impact at the time of collision. It should be noted that the steep slope and select lever, and
stepping too much of the accelerator pedal in all situations.
when, does not work. P R N

Operating condition
Rising tuna to the accident, such as a rear-end collision and properly do
Function buzzer (Pipipi) is during operation, warning display will blink. not drive, there is a Re morning sickness leading to death or serious
injury.

When confined within railroad crossing, there is possible to detect

breaker as obstacles. At that time, or continue stepping on the


Suppress the engine output
accelerator pedal to not panic, please pushes away the breaker

OFF the City brake active system.


operation

Improper start suppression function is one of the functions of the


It does not work when the amount of depression of For safety releasing the accelerator pedal,
City brake active system. Therefore, when you are in the OFF the
the accelerator pedal to step on the accelerator pedal please depress the brake pedal if necessary.
is small. City brake active system, this feature does not work. In addition,

and this to protect in order to successfully operate the function, the

situation can not be normal operation, also, such as the handling of


■ Conditions of canceling the function the operation and a laser sensor in the absence of the possibility of
- When you release the accelerator pedal a collision, is the same as the City brake active system.

- When continued down the accelerator pedal about 4 seconds

- When I stepped on the brake pedal

- By operating the steering, when it tried to avoid a collision

244
uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

Vehicle is, or when there is a risk of collision from almost directly behind the front of the vehicle, when there is a risk of collision 1 CMBS (collision mitigation brake)

from the front to the oncoming vehicle, helping the driver's brake operation, to reduce the impact or collision is prevented It is a

device.
w
CMBS is not a system kills in avoiding a collision
Radar sensor when the vehicle speed of the vehicle becomes equal to or higher than 5km / h starts the detection of the front of the vehicle.
in every situation.

Shy tuna if it is incorrectly operated in an accident such as a collision,


there is a Re morning sickness leading to death or serious injury.

In the following cases, it can not properly detect the vehicle, you

In the back of the front grill, may CMBS does not work.
equipped with a radar • When inter-vehicle distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short

sensor of CMBS • When the relative speed difference between the vehicle and the front of the vehicle is large

• Another vehicle ahead of the host vehicle is an interrupt, when performing sudden

deceleration operation

• Perform rapid acceleration, when approaching the front of the vehicle


When there is a risk of collision against the vehicle speed difference between the vehicle is more than 5km / h, CMBS is
activated. • When an oncoming vehicle ahead of the host vehicle has jumped out suddenly

For oncoming vehicle, when the vehicle is in a risk of collision during running below 80 km / h, CMBS is • When the vehicle has jumped suddenly in front of the oncoming vehicle

activated. • Intersection, etc., when the car was jumping out in front of the vehicle
In addition, to help you avoid steering of the driver by CMBS to running at 30km / h ~ 80km / h to control the
steering in the context of the operation. • Rain, fog, in bad weather, such as snow, when the radar is difficult to
Steering control function P.246
detect
CMBS is activated, after the vehicle stops, the automatic brake is released.
• Curve, etc., when it can not properly detect the vehicle in the radar
by road conditions
• Such as bicycles and motorcycles, radar detects difficulty Itoki

• When the front grill is dirty


• In an attempt to avoid the collision, when the driver operates the
brake and handle
• Such as when traveling on a narrow iron bridge, when there is one that strongly reflect

radio waves around the front of the car both, an oncoming vehicle

Continued on next page 245


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

■ Way of warning of CMBS By the following method, risk of CMBS collision 1 CMBS (collision mitigation brake)

When the EPS warning light is lit, Steering control function will stop.

That is, to notify the driver.


Pee
• Sounding of multi-information display warning display
and warning buzzer to the vision by warning of

The alarm distance of CMBS You can choose from three


levels of FAR · NORMAL · NEAR.
2 Customization features P.96

FAR will alert in the distance against NORMAL. NEAR is


to warn in closer to NORMAL.
operation

■ Steering control function


When against oncoming vehicle there is a risk of collision, in addition to warning of the vision, and then alert the driver with a weak

vibration and weak reaction force of a short period of time to handle.

If the driver performs an avoidance steering by the handle, to help you avoid steering of luck rolling person to increase the steering

assist amount of EPS.

u Be sure to avoid the collision with appropriate action, such as to operate the brake and handle

There.

246
uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

■ Flow of CMBS working


The operation of the CMBS There are three stages depending on the possibility of a collision. However, in some circumstances it may be operated from the middle of the stage.

Distance of the vehicle and the vehicle Situation Warning brake steering control of the display and E- pretensioner buzzer

• In the case of oncoming vehicles,


When the warning display is further closer to generates a weak vibration
blink twice, intends row the alarm by warning and weak reaction force
torque of short handle
display and buzzer
Far Normal
Near Situation that came out
First
vehicle
is a risk of collision of ─ ─ • If the driver performs the
stage u To change the collision warning distance
the vehicle avoidance operation by the
can do. (Far, Normal, Near) handle, raise the steering
my car assist amount of EPS

2 Customization features P.96

operation
Seat belt of the driver's

seat several times lightly


Situations where the
vehicle draw, prompting
risk of collision
The CAUTION Light
increases, has
second stage brake
become less margin
my car
until you collision If the driver performs an

An alarm by warning display and avoidance maneuver in the

buzzer handle, raise the steering Assist


It draws strongly the seat
amount of EPS
belt of the driver's seat and
vehicle
the passenger seat
Third Avoid difficult Strong
stage situations brakes
my car

Continued on next page 247


uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

■ ON and OFF of CMBS 1 CMBS (collision mitigation brake)

In the following cases, you may CMBS automatically stops, the


The CMBS OFF button down for about one second,
warning light is illuminated.
switch the ON and OFF of the system. CMBS is CMBS • When a long period of time traveling on a mountain road and bad road

• When traveling over a parking brake


warning light is lit when switched to OFF, the
• Rain, fog, when it is bad weather, such as snow
multi-information display CMBS OFF and the message
• Front grill dust, mud, fallen leaves, when they are covered by
will be displayed. such as wet snow

• If a state that CMBS can operate when it detects an abnormality

of the tire, CMBS will automatically return.

When the CMBS to stop the power system in a state in which


to OFF, CMBS at the time of restart has become OFF.
When the power mode to ON mode, please let stationary car. Such

as on a parking lot turntable of, and in ON mode the power mode


operation when the vehicle is in motion, Yoretosen Sir ceases to function

properly, it may not be able to properly detect the other vehicle

while driving.

When you use a chassis dynamometer and free roller, please OFF

the CMBS.

248
uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

■ The operation of the absence of possibility of collision 1 CMBS (collision mitigation brake)

In order to operate the system properly, please be sure to observe


Even if there is no possibility of a collision, when the following, you may CMBS is activated. Be aware of the
the following things.
surroundings, please traveling. • The front grille should always be clean
• Turn left, or when there are front vehicle which is turning right • Benzine to clean the front grill, thinners such, have such use

• When traveling in close proximity, such as in the oncoming vehicle ahead of the vehicle and an intersection in overtaking when scouring powder such as cleanser

• Passing to Utosuru time at a rate that exceeds the speed limit between such low gate and narrow gate
• Not attach stickers to the front grill

• Do not replace the front grill


• When traveling road having steps, line, over such steel plate construction

• When the side of the road in the middle of the curve, and the like signs and guardrail
In the following cases, consult your Honda dealer.
• When the oncoming vehicle are cornering or the like in front of the vehicle

• Parking or the like, when approaching the vehicle and the wall that is stopped • When an impact is applied to the radar sensor

• When performing the repair of the peripheral front grill

operation

Please do not suspension of remodeling. System There is a risk

that does not operate normally.

Tires are the same size specified with four-wheel, the same species

such, please use the tire not of the same brand and wear difference.

Size, type, and to use a different tire of the brand and the degree of

wear case, there is a possibility that the system is not working correctly.

When something does, there is that the system is not working

correctly.

• Laden with heavy luggage in the cargo space and seat, when it

is tilted car

• When the tire has not been adjusted to the specified air pressure

Continued on next page 249


uu Brake operation u CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ✤

1 Improper start suppression function


■ Improper start suppression function

When traveling below the standstill and about 10 km / h, almost front of the vehicle despite the obstacle such as a
w
vehicle, when depresses the accelerator pedal, to suppress the engine output, sudden start a to prevent is the
It is not something that can be prevented or reduce the collision by
ability to reduce the impact at the time of collision. It should be noted that the steep slope and select lever, and
stepping too much of the accelerator pedal in all situations.
when, does not work. P R N

Operating condition
Rising tuna to the accident, such as a rear-end collision and properly do
Function buzzer (Pipipi) is during operation, warning display will blink. not drive, there is a Re morning sickness leading to death or serious
injury.

When confined within railroad crossing, there is possible to detect

breaker as obstacles. At that time, or continue stepping on the


Suppress the engine output
accelerator pedal to not panic, please pushes away the breaker

OFF the CMBS.


operation

Improper start suppression function is the one of the functions of the CMBS.
It does not work when the amount of depression of For safety releasing the accelerator pedal,
Therefore, when you are in the OFF the CMBS, this feature does not work.
the accelerator pedal to step on the accelerator pedal please depress the brake pedal if necessary.
is small. In addition, to protect in order to successfully operate the function, the

situation can not be normal work dynamic, also, such as the handling of the

operation and radar sensors in the absence of the possibility of a collision, it


■ Conditions of canceling the function is the same as the CMBS.

- When you release the accelerator pedal

- When continued down the accelerator pedal about 4 seconds

- When I stepped on the brake pedal

- By operating the steering, when it tried to avoid a collision

250
Parking and stopping operation

To park
1. Firmly stepping on the brake pedal. 1 Parking and stopping operation

2. While stepping on the brake pedal, apply the parking brake.


3. Add to the select lever. P c
Four. To stop the engine. Racing parked are not.

u Please be sure to lock when away from the car. Should, if you had entered into other than the
PNselect lever, be or

become the basis of sudden acceleration unexpected.

When the parking to the hill, please be sure the parking brake.

advice

Please do not at the same time Stepping or the accelerator pedal and the

brake pedal. In addition, in the uphill PN More than

In the state were placed outside, please do not, stop the car while

adjusting the accelerator.

Transmission to overheat and cause a malfunction.


operation

Dried grass, paper, oil, please do not parked in such as flammable

materials there Rutokoro wood.

By the heat of the exhaust pipe and the exhaust gas, there is a Re morning sickness to be

ignited.

When parked in the vicinity, such as implantation, please decided to

come direction of the car so that exhaust gas does not hit the

implantation.

Continued on next page 251


uu Parking and stopping operation u To park

When you nap, please stop the engine. 1 To park

Move the selector lever unconsciously, may result in an accident unexpected I think in Dari depress
the accelerator pedal.
c
Parking at the time of stopping the engine.

You should select lever PN Entered into other than

If they were, or out motion car by the creep phenomenon, stepping on

the accelerator pedal by mistake at the time of boarding, there is a risk

of sudden acceleration.

advice

Please do not put in while the car does not stop


P completely.

Cause of transmission failure.

operation Please do not put valuables in sight of the car.

Please do not leave the writers and carbonated beverage cans in the car.

Or combustible materials is spontaneous combustion, such as a writer by the

interior temperature rise, such as cans you have it you or to rupture.

When the snow is, please causing the wiper arm.

Mounting portion of the arm there is a child damaged by the weight of the
snow.

During the cold, and apply the parking brake, it may be frozen.

Without the parking brake, please refer to the Wadome Me, such as
stone.

252
uu Parking and stopping operation u Retreat unloading support ✤

Retreat unloading support ✤

When the goods issue in the retreat from the parking lots to detect other vehicles approaching from the right and left by Ri rear of 1 Retreat unloading support

the vehicle to the radar on the left and right rear bumper, a feature to inform the driver.
w
The system is intended to support, such as
rear-view at the time of goods issue, not a system
for preventing a collision.

Retreat at the time, keep in operation, such as in make sure behind


you and safety around direct always visually and mirrors.

Depending on the situation, because there is a possibility that can not


be detected, and retreat rely only the display of the buzzer and screen,
there is a Re morning sickness lead to unexpected accident.

operation

Continued on next page 253


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Parking and stopping operation u Retreat unloading support ✤

1 Retreat unloading support


■ Operating conditions and the operation timing
Following such a situation, or could not detect a vehicle
Select lever power mode is in the ON mode ( R As you the system
approaching, you may want to or detected for there are no vehicle
ON when detects another vehicle approaching from the right and
detection approaches or slower.
left of the car both rear when the vehicle speed of the vehicle is • Ri other vehicles and walls Nadogaa around the rear bumper, when
the detection range of the radar is affected
less than about 5km / h, to let you know the display of buzzer and
• When the vehicle speed of the vehicle is more than about 5km / h
screen.
• When the vehicle speed of other vehicles approaching the non about 10 ~ 25km / h

Other vehicles approaching from directly behind the vehicle does not • When the other vehicle equipped with such radar is near

detect. In addition, at the time when the other vehicle that is detected has
• When there is close to emit strong radio equipment
Detection range reached directly behind the vehicle to stop the display of the buzzer and the • Such as snow and mud to the rear bumper side has not adhered Rutoki

screen. Pedestrian, bicycle, and bike or stationary object, does not want the
• In bad weather, when the other vehicle approaching the system is unable to
detection with respect to the vehicle, which moves away from the vehicle.
recognize
operation
• Laden with heavy luggage to the slope or cargo space or seat,

when it is tilted car

• Wall, Paul, when you retreat back to approach, such as in the other vehicle

• Or impact is applied to the rear bumper, please have it inspected at


the Honda dealer when performing the repair of peripheral Riyaban
par.

254
uu Parking and stopping operation u Retreat unloading support ✤

1 Retreat unloading support


■ About screen display
Please do not paste stickers, decals, or the like to the rear bumper
While detects a vehicle approaching, it will see the approaching direction arrow.
side. Because the radio wave radar is intercepted, it can not properly
Rear wide camera system equipped vehicles
detect the other vehicle.
Approach direction arrow

In order to operate the system properly, Riyaba bumpers side

should always keep in clean.

1 About screen display

Wide View Normal view Top-down view

When the bottom right of the screen icon has changed to display the above,
Multi-view camera system equipped vehicles
please have it inspected at the Honda dealer because there is an abnormality in operation
Approach direction arrow
the system.

A select lever ( R When the screen will not be switched even if the, There is
a problem with the camera system. At this time, even Masu be able to
operate normally no longer retreat unloading support. Sai that we have it
inspected by Honda dealer.

Rear normal view + ground Rear wide view Rear normal view
view

Continued on next page 255


uu Parking and stopping operation u Retreat unloading support ✤

■ ON and OFF of the retreat unloading support

Rear wide camera system equipped vehicles Press the retreat unloading support switch, switch the ON /
OFF state of the system. When ON, the indicator light of
the switch (green) lights up.

In addition, by using the customization features, you can


switch the ON / OFF state of the system.
Retreat unloading support switch

2 Honda Inter navi system Instruction Manual

Multi-view camera system equipped vehicles

operation

Retreat unloading support switch

256
Rear wide camera system ✤

For the handling of the rear wide camera, please refer to the separate "Honda Inter Navi System"
instruction manual.

operation

257
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Refueling

For the specified fuel

■ Specified fuel 1 For the specified fuel

Fuel other than the designated fuel (leaded gasoline, poor quality gasoline,
Unleaded regular gasoline
diesel oil, kerosene, high-concentration alcohol-containing fuel) or
Regular bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22)
supplemented with, please do not use the improper fuel additives. There is
a possibility that a state such as the following.
■ tank capacity
2WD models • Damage, such as the catalytic converter

55 l • Damage such as engine and fuel system

• Adverse effects of the engine to such


REAL TIME AWD vehicles

50 l
You can also become your premium gasoline, but in this case, does

not the original engine performance varies greatly.

How refueling

Fuel lid opener 1. Refueling machine of the gas station on the passenger seat side 1 How refueling
operation
Come stop the car so.
2. To stop the engine. w
3. Fuel lid O in the driver's seat foot During refueling is strictly prohibited fire.

Open the lid by pulling the Puna. Fuel and fuel vapor There is a risk of fire or explosion for
easily flammable. Rutoki not deal with fuel, please adhere
to the following items.
• Engine is to always stop
• flame, do not close the spark

• do not smoke
• Handling of fuel is carried out in the outdoors

• Fuel is wiped off quickly spilled

Please observe the precautions that are posted in the gas station.

258
uu Refueling u How refueling

Four. Slowly turn the knob, the fuel cap 1 How refueling

The open.
w
Refueling operation, performs fuel cap open Keru before touching

the metal, such as a vehicle body after removing the static

electricity of the body.

To ignite the vaporized gasoline by the spark due to the


cap
Open slowly discharge of static electricity and can cause burns.

cap
Five. Cap is applied to the holder.
6. Insert the refueling nozzle as far as it will go, to refuel.

u And become full, stop the automatic refueling nozzle c


Stop the work, refueling stops. Cap is opened slowly.
Suddenly opened when the blow-back from the fuel supply port has
operation
occurred, it may not be possible to fire.

Refueling, please only be done with people who discharge static


holder
electricity.

Back in the car during refueling, you may be charged again. Again,

please discharge static electricity.

If the sound of "shoe" is, please open slowly from waiting for the

sound stopped.

Please do not inhale the fuel vapor.

If the fuel component that contains the hazardous substances you will there.

Continued on next page 259


uu Refueling u How refueling

7. After refueling, the sound "click" is tightening the cap until one or more times. 1 How refueling

u Fuel lid is closed and pressed by hand.


c
After the automatic stop of the refueling nozzle is, I do not want to

add supply.

Full of fuel due to changes such as temperature, it may not

be possible to fire.

To make sure that the cap is securely closed.

If not closed leak fuel, it may not be possible to fire.

operation Do not use the cap other than the Honda genuine.

If you do not use the genuine, there you have it you cause a fire.

So as not to overflow fuel by changes such as temperature, has

become a jar by automatic stop of the refueling nozzle, leaving a

space in the fuel tank reaches the tank capacity to work.

With the additional supply after the automatic stop, it may fuel entering

the more manta down capacity.

260
Accessories and remodeling

Accessories
If you are installing the accessories, please check the following items.
• Or not attached to the front glass accessories?
u Swaying accessories movement might delay the situational awareness of the outside of the vehicle.

In addition, the sucker is the work of the lens, it may lead to fire.
• Windshield, door glass, front, center, or not to attach the accessories to each pillar around the
rear?
u Since to interfere with the operation of the side curtain air bag, in the above location Aku

Please do not attach the Sesari.

1 Remodeling of the car


Remodeling of the car
Car performance, in order to maintain the quality, please use the most
Other than the Honda genuine parts, please do not use the parts that are not suitable for a car of performance and functionality.
suitable Honda genuine parts to Honda vehicles.
• Failure to demonstrate the proper performance and function, to want or become the basis of an unexpected accident. The genuine parts are marked with the following. operation

• When the Honda wears anything other than parts that was reported to the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport, there is to

be a violation.

• Please do not car of remodeling. Tampering, it touching the law, of course, it may cause an
unexpected accident.

At the time of attachment, such as a wireless device, please contact us to be sure Honda dealer. If the device and

mounting method is not appropriate, it may adversely affect the electronic equipment parts.

Shop, at the time of mounting, please consult the Honda dealer.

261
maintenance
In this chapter, we describe the basic maintenance.

In front of the maintenance Inspection and maintenance of the tire cleaning Daily care ................................... 291
............................... for inspection and maintenance 263 Inspection of the tire ...................................... 283

...... in order to carry out safe maintenance 264 Tire rotation .................... 285 Car cleaning .......................................... 291

Notes on maintenance .......... 265 Winter tire ...................................... 286 Outside of cleaning .......................................... 293

Maintenance in the engine room Keyless entry integrated key / Honda scan Matoki
Maintenance items in the engine room ... 266

............................ to open the hood 267 Handling and battery exchange of keyless entry integrated

Recommended engine oil ............................ 268 key / Honda scan Matoki ..... 287

Supply of window washer fluid .......... 268 Air conditioning of care


Air clean filter .................... 289
Replacing the light bulb .............................................. 269

Maintenance and inspection of the wiper blade rubber .. 280

262
In front of the maintenance

For inspection and maintenance

By the Road Vehicles Act, the statutory inspection and daily inspections have been required. In the correct inspection and maintenance, 1 For inspection and maintenance

please use the car safe and comfortable. Or when difficult If you are not familiar with the work, please consult

Usually a different point (sound, smell, lack of brake fluid, such as is left after the oil in the ground) If you notice, your Honda dealer.

please have it inspected by Honda dealer. For more information about the inspection and maintenance, refer also

to the separate maintenance notes.

■ The type of inspection and maintenance

■ Daily check
Such as during long-distance travel before or car wash, lubrication, is the inspection carried out at your own judgment.

■ Periodic inspection

This inspection be carried out every 12 months and 24 months. And what is required by law, there is a thing that

Honda is specified.

maintenance
■ Otherwise

Free inspections and regular exchange at the time of new cars, there is inspection and maintenance at the time of a severe used the

way.

263
uu In front of the maintenance u In order to perform safe maintenance

In order to perform safe maintenance


When performing maintenance, carefully read the safety guidelines maintenance notes and the 1 In order to perform safe maintenance

following, please go to ensure safety.


When carrying out the maintenance at customers own, please be recorded in the maintenance record of the maintenance
w
inspection and maintenance record book. Perform the appropriate maintenance, to ensure there is no failure

before traveling.

State and at the time of traveling there is a fault, and not the
■ Safety matters of places and equipment to carry out maintenance
appropriate maintenance is performed, it can cause accidents
• For fire and explosion prevention, far cigarettes, sparks and flames from flammable liquids and gases Zakeru.
leading to serious injury or death.

Please be sure to observe the inspection period described in


■ Safety instructions in the car
Notes and the separate maintenance notes for point inspection
• Note the toxic effects of carbon monoxide contained in the exhaust gas of the engine.
and maintenance that are described in this manual.
u Please go to be sure adequate ventilation when starting the engine.
• When you inspect the inside of the engine room, please go from stops cooling fan.
u When the temperature of the engine has stopped the engine in a high state, the cooling fan is automatically
Maintenance is carried out to observe the instructions and
It may be actuated.
maintenance warnings.
• Note the burns caused by hot became parts.
Failure to observe precautions and maintenance instructions
u Before touching the parts, please cooled enough the engine and exhaust system.
may result in serious injury or death. Please be sure to observe
• Be aware of the risk of injury from moving parts.
the procedures and precautions that are described in this
u Except when you are prompted, please do not start the engine.
manual.
Idling stop
u During the system
idling vehicles
stop, please do not open the hood.

• In the engine room, be aware of the misplaced towels or combustible materials.

u There is a risk that lead to unexpected accidents such as fire.

264
uu In front of the maintenance u Notes on maintenance

Notes on maintenance

■ Parts and oil to be used in the maintenance service


When you receive a maintenance service, we recommend that you use the Honda genuine parts and oils. Honda genuine

parts, because they are manufactured on the basis of the criteria of the same high quality as the parts that are used in the car,

it is safe in terms of performance and durability.

maintenance

265
Maintenance in the engine room

Maintenance in the engine room items

Brake fluid reserve tank


Engine oil inlet ※


battery ※
window

Washer fluid inlet Engine oil level gauge


Cooling water Radiator cap ※


Reserve tank※

maintenance

※: For servicing, please refer to the "About the maintenance notebook inspection and maintenance" of the separate volume.

266
uu Maintenance in the engine room u Opening the bonnet

Opening the bonnet


1. Leave your car, apply the parking brake. 1 Opening the bonnet
Bonnet release
knob 2. It is in the driver's seat foot, bonnet release knob

pull.
c
u Bonnet will lift a little. When closing the hood, be careful hands, such as in
Hasa Manai so.

advice

Pull In the state that caused the wiper arm, please do not open the

bonnet door.
3. Press the lever of the hood center to right Bonnet hits the wiper, you may bonnet and wiper may be damaged.
Push
To release the lock mechanism, Ru open the bonnet.

When closing the hood, make sure that the bonnet is securely

locked.

lever Idling stop system vehicles


maintenance
During the idling stop, please do not only open the bonnet.

Stay grip Four. From the clamp the stay with a grip
Remove, Ru put a stay on the bonnet.

When closed, the hood from paid Umate to clamp Remove


the stay quietly down, release the hand from a height of
about 30cm.
Clamp

267
uu Maintenance in the engine room u Recommended engine oil

Recommended engine oil

Engine oil, and are using what amount has deteriorated or less, it may lead to malfunction or damage 1 Recommended engine oil

to the engine. Commercially available engine oil, please use based on those of the viscosity in

accordance with the outside temperature in the table below.


Recommended engine oil: Honda
genuine engine oil,
2 Honda genuine engine oil P.335,337,341

API SM class or SN or higher class or oil cans API


CERTIFICATION (by API Ai certification) mark of
containing engine oil

(Outside temperature)

※: The most fuel-efficient with excellent Honda genuine oil

is. Please purchase at the Honda dealer.

Winter be or become severe deterioration of the engine oil.

Supply of window washer fluid


maintenance
Mainly short distance in the winter, if you are driving in an urban area, please be
The amount of washer fluid, make sure more washer fluid level gauge that is attached to the cap.
replaced as soon as possible.

Level gauge If you have been reduced, remove the washer fluid cap, 1 Supply of window washer fluid
and then supplied to the washer tank. A liquid other than the washer fluid, please do not put in the tank.

In order to prevent freezing of the washer fluid in winter, please raise

the concentration of the washer fluid.

268
Replacing the light bulb

Headlight bulb
If you are replacing, please use the light bulb of the following.

LED low-beam headlights vehicles

Low beam headlights :LED

Halogen low beam headlights vehicles

Low beam headlights : 12V over 55W

High-beam headlights : 12V over 60W

■ Low beam headlights 1 Low beam headlights

LED low-beam headlights vehicles advice

Halogen bulb may be very hot. When handling, please go from the
Low beam headlights uses LED. Inspection, exchange, please ask for help from a Honda dealer.
cold heat.

In addition, oil on glass, sweat, and is scratched, there is a possibility that the light

bulb is broken by overheating.


Halogen low beam headlights vehicles

1. Remove the coupler


light bulb Has a portion of the base when handling, so please glass does not
u Coupler is removed while pressing the tab. touch the ones skin and hard. maintenance
coupler
2. Withdrawn by turning the old light bulb to the left. When with a dirty glass, please wipe with a clean cloth soaked in a

3. To fix Turn the new light bulb to the right. thin water solution of mild detergent.

Four. Push the coupler, attached to a light bulb.


Claws

Continued on next page 269


uu Replacing the light bulb u Headlight bulb

■ High-beam headlights 1 High-beam headlights

1. Remove the coupler advice


light bulb coupler
Halogen bulb may be very hot. When handling, please go from the
u Coupler is removed while pressing the tab.
cold heat.
2. Withdrawn by turning the old light bulb to the left.
In addition, oil on glass, sweat, and is scratched, there is a possibility that the light
3. To fix Turn the new light bulb to the right.
bulb is broken by overheating.
Four. Push the coupler, attached to a light bulb.

Claws Has a portion of the base when handling, so please glass does not

touch the ones skin and hard.

When with a dirty glass, please wipe with a clean cloth soaked in a

thin water solution of mild detergent.

maintenance

270
uu Replacing the light bulb u Front turn signal / front very flashing bulbs

Front turn signal / front very flashing bulbs


If you are replacing, please use the light bulb of the following.

Front direction indicator / front very flashing indicator : 12V over 21W (orange)

socket 1. Unscrew the socket to the left, the old light bulb

Withdrawn.

light bulb
2. Insert a new light bulb.

Car width bulbs

Car width lamp uses LED. Inspection, exchange is sure to ask your Honda dealer.

maintenance

Active cornering light bulbs ✤


Active cornering light uses LED. Inspection, exchange, please ask your Honda dealer.

271
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Replacing the light bulb u Fog light bulbs ✤

Fog light bulbs ✤


If you are replacing, please use the light bulb of the following. 1 Fog light bulbs

Fog lights : 12V over 35W When removing the clip, insert a flathead screwdriver, and remove

causing the pin of the central portion.

The inner
1. Remove the clip, the inner fender
fender Turn on the lower side.

clip

When installing the clip, plug while causing the pin of the clip

center, please press until the pin on the flat, et al.

maintenance

Pushed until the flat

272
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Replacing the light bulb u Side direction indicator / side very flashing bulbs

2. Remove the coupler. 1 Fog light bulbs

u Coupler is removed while pressing the tab. advice


3. Withdrawn by turning the old light bulb to the left. Halogen bulb may be very hot. When handling, please go from the

Four. To fix Turn the new light bulb to the right. cold heat.

light bulb In addition, oil on glass, sweat, and is scratched, there is a possibility that the light
Five. Push the coupler, attached to a light bulb
bulb is broken by overheating.
That.
coupler
Has a portion of the base when handling, so please glass does not
Claws
touch the ones skin and hard.

When with a dirty glass, again that Wipe with a clean cloth dampened

with thin has an aqueous solution of neutral detergent.


Side direction indicator / side very flashing bulbs
Side direction indicator / side very flashing indicator light uses LED. Inspection, exchange, please ask your

Honda dealer.

Brake lights / tail light bulb


maintenance
Brake lights / tail light uses LED. Inspection, exchange'm going to ask the Honda dealer again.

273
uu Replacing the light bulb u Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing bulbs

Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing bulbs


If you are replacing, please use the light bulb of the following.

Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing lights : 12V over 21W (orange)

1. Remove the bolt.


bolt

2. Remove the lamp body by pulling to the rear.

maintenance

The lamp body

274
uu Replacing the light bulb u Tail light bulb

light bulb
3. Unscrew the socket to the left, the old light bulb

Withdrawn.
u Withdrawn by turning to the left while holding down the light bulb

You.
Four. Insert a new light bulb.

socket

Tail light bulb

Tail light uses LED. Inspection, exchange, please ask your Honda dealer.

High-mounted stop lamp bulb


High-mounted stop lamp uses LED. Inspection, exchange, please ask your Honda dealer. maintenance

Number bulbs

Number lamp uses LED. Inspection, exchange is sure to ask your Honda dealer.

Rear side bulbs


Rear side lamp uses LED. Inspection, exchange is sure to ask your Honda dealer.

275
uu Replacing the light bulb u Sliding door outer courtesy light bulbs ✤

Sliding door outer courtesy light bulbs ✤


Sliding door outer courtesy light uses LED. Inspection, replacement, please ask your Honda dealer.

Reversing lights bulbs

If you are replacing, please use the light bulb of the following.

Reversing lights : 12V over 16W

1. Minus dry in the cutout portion of the cover


Insert the tip of the bar, to the outside take cover.

cover u As the cover is not damaged, driver


Please wrapped with a cloth.

maintenance
2. Unscrew the socket to the left, the old light bulb

Withdrawn.
3. Insert a new light bulb.

light bulb

socket

276
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Replacing the light bulb u Other bulbs

Other bulbs
LED interior light vehicles without
■ Front seat interior light bulb ✤ ■ Second, third seat interior light bulb ✤
Please use the following light bulb.
LED interior light vehicles LED interior light vehicles

Front seat interior light uses LED. Inspection, Front seat interior light: 12V over 8W Second, third seat room lamp uses LED. Inspection,
exchange, please ask your Honda dealer. exchange, please ask your Honda dealer.

1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body

Insert the end, push open.


u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver
Please wrapped with a cloth.
maintenance

light bulb

2. Pull out the old light bulb.

3. Insert a new light bulb.

Continued on next page 277


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Replacing the light bulb u Other bulbs

LED interior light vehicles without


■ Cargo space lighting bulbs ■ Tailgate lighting bulbs
Please use the following light bulb.
Please use the following light bulb. Please use the following light bulb.
Second, third seat interior light: 12V over 5W
Cargo space lighting: 12V over 5W Tailgate lighting: 12V over 5W

1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body


1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body 1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body
Insert the end, push open.
Insert the end, push open. Insert the end, push open.
u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver
u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver
Please wrapped with a cloth.
Please wrapped with a cloth. Please wrapped with a cloth.
maintenance

light bulb
light bulb light bulb
2. Pull out the old light bulb.
2. Pull out the old light bulb. 2. Pull out the old light bulb.
3. Insert a new light bulb.
3. Insert a new light bulb. 3. Insert a new light bulb.

278
uu Replacing the light bulb u Other bulbs

LED interior light vehicles without


■ Vanity mirror lamp bulb ✤ ■ Front door opening and closing bulbs ✤
Please use the following light bulb.
Please use the following light bulb. LED interior light vehicles

Front door opening and closing lamp uses LED. Front door open and close lights: 12V over 2CP (3.8W)
Vanity mirror lighting: 12V over 2W
Inspection, exchange, please ask for help from a Honda

dealer.

1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body


1. Ahead of a flat-blade screwdriver to the lamp body
Insert the end, push open.
Insert the end, push open.
u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver
u So that the lamp is not damaged, driver
Please wrapped with a cloth.
Please wrapped with a cloth.
maintenance

light bulb

light bulb

2. Pull out the old light bulb.


2. Pull out the old light bulb.
3. Insert a new light bulb.
3. Insert a new light bulb.

279
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Inspection and maintenance of the wiper blade rubber

Inspection of the wiper blade rubber


When the wiper blade rubber is damaged, or become wipe uneven, you or hurt Windoga class.
Regularly check the condition of the wiper blades, please replace if it is damaged.

Replacement of the front wiper blade rubber 1 Replacement of the front wiper blade rubber

1. Driver's seat side, the wiper ah to order the passenger side advice
arm
If you or to operate the wiper or open the hood in the state that
Causing the beam.
blade caused the wiper arm, will damage the hood and the wiper arm.
2. While pushing up the knob, arm boot from
Grade remove Slide the.

advice

When the wiper arm is credit when opening the blade, there is a risk

that the glass is damaged or be.


Knob

3. Or rubber stopper blade of nails


maintenance Pull out until it is free, et al., As it is pulled out of the rubber

from the blade.

280
uu Inspection and maintenance of the wiper blade rubber u Replace the rear wiper blade rubber

Four. Breakfast in the down side there is no protrusion of the rubber 1 Replacement of the front wiper blade rubber

Inserted along the blade. When you return the wiper arm, the front passenger seat, please return in the

u Attach the blade to the wiper arm, order of luck rolling seat side.

Insert until the protrusion of the rubber is inserted into the

groove of the blade tip, to reliably secure the.


protrusion

blade

Replace the rear wiper blade rubber


1. Blade of the stopper to the distal end portion of the rubber

Subtracted from until it is free, as it is pulled out of the rubber

from the blade.

maintenance

stopper

Continued on next page 281


uu Inspection and maintenance of the wiper blade rubber u Replace the rear wiper blade rubber

2. Remove the retainer from the rubber that was withdrawn


Retainer
And, attached to the new rubber.

Retainer

3. The second nail boot from the rubber blade of


Insert along the blade, be out about 2cm pull the
stopper
rubber from the stopper of the blade.
Claws of tip

The second pawl

maintenance

Four. Through the rubber with the tabs on the blade tip.

Five. The rubber to the blade at the tip of the stopper

Back to fix.

282
Inspection and maintenance of the tire

Inspection of the tire

■ For inspection of the tire 1 For inspection of the tire

Or have the tire is worn or damaged, if not a proper air pressure, is also impaired ride or can such
w
Ibakari is safe driving.
Wear is severe tire, do not use the tire pressure is not
Conditions of the tire, which are required for safe driving are as follows.
appropriate.
• To be a proper type and size
The use of improper tire, it may lead to accidents
• It is the state of the ground plane is good
leading to serious injury or death.
• That the air pressure is correct

• Wear, scratches, cracks, that there is no such foreign matter

Always, size and type is to use the appropriate tire.


Carried out inspection of the following in order to satisfy these conditions, please keep the tire in optimal state always.

The use of improper tire, it may lead to accidents


leading to serious injury or death.
■ Routine inspection
Ride is always perform inspection before. Check the following items, please refer to the maintenance in some circumstances.

maintenance
• It does not seem to tire has collapsed?
u If you seem to be crushed, please check the air pressure immediately.
• Intense wear, scratches, cracks, or not the foreign matter?

u Depending on the situation, please replace the tire.

Continued on next page 283


uu Inspection and maintenance of the tire u Inspection of the tire

■ Inspected by air pressure measuring instrument 1 For inspection of the tire

Please measure the air pressure of all the tires. If the air pressure is lowered, carefully examine the The air pressure in the tires, please be measured when the tire

punk. temperature is low.

Specified air pressure in the tires, please refer to the appendix at the end of this manual. If necessary, please be injected or discharge the air until the

2 Document P.335,337,341
specified air pressure. Also measure the air pressure when the tire

is hot, can not be measured correctly to become higher than at low

temperature.
■ Damage, foreign matter, inspection of wear

Please check the following items.


• Ground surface and a side surface of the projection of the tire, or bulge is normal?
Specified air pressure, also listed on the label attached to the body
u If any abnormalities are observed, there is a need to replace the tire. of the driver's seat side.
• The tire side, tear, or there is no crack? If this manual is not at hand, please refer to the car of La Belle.

u If there is a tear or crack, you will need to replace the tire.


• Or ground surface and the wear indicator is not the same height?
Tires are the same size specified with four-wheel, the same species such,

please use the tire not of the same brand and wear difference.
Wear indicator (wear limit display)
Representative examples of the mark that
maintenance indicates the position of the wear indicator Wear indicator is located on the ground surface of the tire, the
Size, type, and to use different tires of the brand and wear degree,
groove than the other portion has become shallow 1.6mm.
ABS, VSA, AWD ✤ , CMBS ✤ , ACC ✤ Such as is or is not functioning

properly, it wants or adversely affect the power transmission device.


Worn ground plane, if made at the same height as the
wear indicator, please replace the tire.

284
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Inspection and maintenance of the tire u Rotation of the tire

Rotation of the tire


Please refer to the tire rotation when a 5,000km. Perform tire rotation is to prevent certain tire to wear. 1 Rotation of the tire

The tire to tire rotation direction is specified, there is a tire rotation

instruction mark.

■ In the case of rotation instruction mark there is no tire Please mounted so that the rotational direction mark is directed to the front, as

As shown, to rotate the tire. shown in FIG.

Before
front

Representative examples of

the rotation instruction mark

■ If there is a rotation instruction mark tire


Tightening torque
As shown, to rotate the tire.
108 N · m (11 kgf · m)
maintenance

Before

285
uu Inspection and maintenance of the tire u Winter tire

Winter tire
If you are traveling on a snow-covered road or frozen road, equipped with snow tires or tire chains, please drive 1 Winter tire

taking enough distance between vehicles slowing down. In addition, it can cause skidding of the steering wheel advice
and brake operation, please go to especially cautious. Size or wearing inappropriate chain, Improper way of

instrumentation clothes, there is a risk of damage to the car's brake

line, suspension, body, the wheel.

Tire chains and snow tires is used when the attachment is required by the driving conditions and
If the chain falls somewhere in the car, please stop running
regulations.
immediately.
When mounting, please refer to the following points.

Tire chains, 2WD vehicles, mounted on the front wheel to the REAL
■ Snow tire TIME AWD cars both.

• Choose the same type of tire with four-wheel The rear wheel, Do not fitted with a tire chain.

• To mount the snow tires on all four wheels

When equipped with tire chains, please traveling at a speed of less


■ tire chain
than 30km / h.
• The Honda genuine steel chain, attached to the front wheels in accordance with the instruction manual that came with In addition, please should avoid traveling while wearing the tire
maintenance
chain is a dry road surface. It accelerates the wear of the tire chain.

• Mounting the chain adapted to the tire size


• Make sure not in contact with the brake line and suspension
• Slowly running

286
Keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key

Handling and battery exchange of keyless entry integrated key / Honda


smart key 1 Handling

If you lose the keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key,
■ Handling
please contact the Honda dealer.
Handling of the keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key, please attention to the following points.

• Do not throw or drop the transmitter


• Temperature is not placed in the extremely high / low location

• Not immersed in the liquid

1 How to replace batteries


■ How to replace batteries
If the working distance becomes unstable, it could be exhaustion of the battery. If the indicator when you c
press the button it does not light, is dead battery.
Battery and removed parts, be careful so as not to
swallow children.
■ Keyless entry integrated key ✤
Swallow and there is a danger of being injured or be.
screw Button battery CR1620
maintenance
1. Remove the transmitter bottom screw, the cover open
When replacing the batteries, because the fear was there, such as breakage,

Ku. we recommend the exchange of Honda dealer.

u As scratches on the cover is not attached, minor

To the scan driver wrapped with a cloth and remove When replacing the batteries, please be sure to attach the cover.

the cover.
If you do not securely attached, it will be the cause of the deterioration or

failure of water resistance.

Battery Honda dealer or watch shop, please purchase in etc.

camera store.

Continued on next page 287


✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key u Handling and battery exchange of keyless entry integrated key / Honda smart key

2. Remove the battery.


battery
u To prevent scratches on the case, minor
To the scan driver wrapped with a cloth and remove the

battery.

3. + When - So as not wrong, replace the battery


That.

u After the exchange, assembled as the original, the screw

Please firmly tighten the.

■ Honda smart key ✤

lever Button battery CR2032

1. While pulling the lever, eject the built-in key


It is.

maintenance

Built-in key

2. Remove the cover.


cover
u Remove it carefully so as not to lose the button

please.
Battery
u As scratches on the cover does not stick, coin

Remove the cover wrapped with a cloth.

3. + When - So as not wrong, replace the battery


coin That.

288
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Air conditioning of care

Air clean filter

■ Time to replace the air clean filter 1 Air clean filter

Air clean filter, replace every usually 1 year or 15,000km. When used in many places such as dust, it Deodorizing effect and the use of fragrance is weak, it may de-smell

is recommended an early exchange. life is shortened.

Or significantly reduced air volume of the air conditioner, when the

glass has become easier to cloudy, clogging of the filter will be


■ Replacing the Air clean filter considered. Please replace the filter.

1. Open the glove box, outside the damper


It is.
Allele-free high-performance deodorizing filter, collecting the pollen

and dust in the air Hitoshi, processing the allergen, also reduces

exhaust gas odor.

Damper

stopper 2. Vinegar attached to both sides of the glove box maintenance

Push the topper on the inside, down the glove box.

Continued on next page 289


uu Air conditioning of care u Air clean filter

Claws
3. While pressing the tab to the left and right, Eaku

It is outside the cover of the lean filter case.

cover

Air clean filter Four. Pull out the air clean filter.
Five. To replace it with a new one.

u "AIR FLOW" mark of the arrow, down


Attach to be.

maintenance

290
cleaning

Care of the day-to-day

■ Care of after traveling 1 For car wash

After traveling, be sure the dust adhering to the painted surface flicked in, such as hair duster. Roads and which were sprayed with anti-freezing agent, car wash when the line

run the coastal zone, please wash the inside of the fender in just in case

entering.
Scratches on the paint surface due to stepping stones will be the cause of rust. Please be repaired as soon as possible if you find.

1 Cleaning of car

Please do not pour water into the room.

■ For car wash Cause of water or cult failure in electrical equipment, such as audio

and switch.
Please do to the car wash once a month. In the case of the
following, please be sure to car wash.
Audio, please do not apply a spray of silicon down system to
• When you run a scatter road the anti-freezing agent
electrical equipment such as switches.
• When traveling the coast There is a possibility that the cause of the malfunction or vehicle fire.

• Coal tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, when such is with sap Should, when applied the spray of silicon-based to electrical equipment,

please consult your Honda dealer.

Cleaning of car Chemical compounds, by liquid fragrance components, resin components,


maintenance
discoloration of the fabric material, stain, and cracks and the like caused
The cleaning of the interior, please drop the dirt from removing the dust and dirt with a vacuum cleaner. Unexpected luma hot
Succoth.
water included lightly what was dissolved neutral detergent to a soft cloth, drop the dirt and squeeze tightly. Then, with a
Benzene, an organic solvent such as gasoline, acid, A alkali of the
clean cloth dampened with fresh water, please clean overlooked a soap.
solvent, please do not use.

After using the chemical compounds, please wipe lightly only with

■ Cleaning of the seat belt dry cloth.

As it is resin parts of the cloth that was used, please do not leave a long time
Those dissolved neutral detergent in warm water and clean attached to the brush, let then air-dried.
on top of the cloth material.

Liquid fragrances, please securely fixed not to spill.

Continued on next page 291


uu cleaning u Cleaning of car

■ Genuine Leather ✤ Care of

Such as leather seats, you drop the Re-fouling included lightly a 10% aqueous solution of wool for neutral detergent to a soft

cloth. Then, wipe the detergent minute with a soft cloth dampened with fresh water, and dried by well Mr. Kazedori. Please

wipe immediately Once the dirt is attached.

■ Care of glass
Please wipe with a glass cleaner.

maintenance

292
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu cleaning u Cleaning of the outside of the vehicle

Cleaning of the outside of the vehicle

Car wash, while well over the water, below, drop the legs around the dirt. Painted surface, while applying the water to 1 Cleaning of the outside of the vehicle

near the bottom from the roof in order, wash with a soft Rakaimono, such as a sponge or chamois leather. Air intake and deliberately, please do not pour water into the engine

room.

If the camera is very dirty, wash with mild detergent, wipe from completely dropping the detergent in the water within the water there Cause a failure.

is no or dry.

■ When using an automatic car wash machine

• To store the door mirror


• Wheel cover equipped vehicles, do not use the wheel dedicated brush of an automatic car wash machine

■ When using high-pressure washing machine


Air intake
• Increase the separation between the car wash nozzle and the vehicle body enough

• Window around, since it is the water from entering too close to the chamber is carried out with particular care

• The engine room not pour water


maintenance

1 If you want to apply the wax


■ If you want to apply the wax
advice
Wax, please subjected to when it is no longer repel about once or water on the moon. And after the car wash, so please put in
Scouring powder (compound) containing the wax, please do not
when the body surface has dropped to below body temperature.
use. Fine scratches on the paint surface it may see.

Wax, please use the Honda genuine chemical supplies.

Continued on next page 293


uu cleaning u Cleaning of the outside of the vehicle

1 Care of the resin coating parts such as bumpers


■ Care of the resin coating parts such as bumpers
If you want the repair of resin coating parts, please consult your
The resin coating parts, gasoline, oil, radiator fluid, stains and coatings and such as battery fluid to wear
Honda dealer.
with the cause of peeling. If you have attached, please wipe off immediately with a soft cloth.
If you use an inappropriate paint will damage the coating film.

1 Care of glass
■ Care of glass
Rear window and rear quarter glass, heating wire and antenna line on
Please wipe with a glass cleaner.
the inside of the glass has been installed.

So as not to damage, please Wipe with a soft cloth along with this.
■ Water-repellent glass ✤ about
Before water-repellent film on the seat window (door glass) Yes and is coated, you ashamed of water

droplets. Or washed, please wipe with a soft damp cloth. Temporary water and use a glass cleaner may The duration of the effect of repelling the water droplets is limited.

Please observe the following things in order to last longer.


be timing is bad, it will return to the original if the washing doctor. Water when the magnetic worsens,

please consult your Honda dealer. • When the dirt, such as mud is terrible does not perform Ku base consisting of opening

and closing
maintenance
• Scouring powder (compound) containing glass cleaner, wax,

detergent, etc. I do not use

• Not carried out, such as defrosting in those made of metal

• When using an automatic car wash machine, remove the dirt, such as mud ahead

294
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu cleaning u Cleaning of the outside of the vehicle

1 aluminum foil ✤ Care of


■ aluminum foil ✤ Care of
Please use this car dedicated wheel.
Aluminum hate salt and dirt. When marked with road anti-freezing agent and seawater, please drop as soon as possible the dirt
Using the wheel other than the dedicated, there is a risk that interfere
moistened with neutral detergent to the sponge.
with the traveling device and brake equipment. Wheel replacement,

consult to consult with Honda dealer.

■ Headlights, brake lights cloudy


Headlights, lamps such as brake lamps, due to rainy weather traveling and the car wash, the lens surface you may temporarily
Stiff brush or compounds do not use, such as detergent containing
cloudy. In addition, due to the temperature difference between the lamp and the outside air, you may lenses inner surface
the (abrasive).
condensation.
Or the cause of the discoloration and stains, there you have it you
This is a similar natural phenomena and the window glass fogging, such as during rainy weather, not a feature on the problem.
scratch.

In addition, the structure of the lamp, it may drop of water on the edge of the lens is attached, but it is not a function on

the problem. However, if the water droplets of the case and large water is accumulated in the lamp is attached please

have it inspected by Honda dealer.

1 Aqua Clean mirror ✤ maintenance


■ Aqua Clean mirror ✤
advice
For improving visibility in the rain, we coated with parent water effects to broaden the raindrops on the mirror
Because you will lose the hydrophilic effect of the mirror, please note the
surface as the membrane.
following points.

• Have a mirror surface such depositing the water repellent agent or wax
■ Recovery of the hydrophilic effect

When the hydrophilic effect is lower, such as dirt on the mirror surface is attached, the effect will be restored by performing
• Do not rub the mirror surface in the sand with cloth or oil film up
the following steps. agent (such as compound)
1. Rinse the mirror surface, remove the dirt.
2. Wipe off with a clean cloth dampened with water.
u If dirt does not fall by using the genuine glass cleaner or mild household detergent
After washing, please rinse with plenty of water.
3. About 5 to 9 hours shed sunlight on the mirror surface.
295
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
In the unlikely event of

In this chapter, we describe how to respond in case of an emergency.

Tool, flares .......................................... 297 fuse

...................................... when punk 298 Fuse of the installation location ............................ 320

Emergency repair of the flat tire ............. 298 Inspection and replacement of the fuse ........................ 328

Engine does not start Towing ................................................. .... 329

Checking the state of the engine ........................ 310 ................. when the tail gate does not open 332

Honda smart key ✤ ............................................ come and

battery has expired ........... 311

Engine stopping method of emergency ................. 312

Jump start ................................... 313

.................... the select lever does not move 315

Overheating ...................................... 316

Lighting / flashing warning light ............................... 317

296
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
Tools, flares

Types of tools

1 Types of tools

Jack, jack handle, jack handlebar has been housed in the cargo

space.

Flathead screwdriver and the grip has been housed in the glove

box.

1 Flares

w
jack Wheel nut wrench No it used in the vicinity of those flammable, such as gasoline.
(And jack handle) jack handle bar

Housed in the glove box There is a risk of fire or explosion.


In the unlikely event of

Minus driver grip c


When using the flares is, we pay attention to the following things.

Flares
• Please do not touch the children. It will be
Use when the failure in hazardous locations such as high-speed roads and railroad crossings. Well read and again that we sure that
accidents and cause burns that flares is
you check in advance that the following have been described in flares.
unexpected ignited by such mischief or be.

• How to use
• Please do not direct to the face and body. This could result in
• Precautions
unexpected accidents or burns.
• Flaming time
• Please do not use because the poor visibility in the
• expiration date
tunnel. Please use the emergency flashing lights
2 Flares P.2
in the tunnel.

297
When you punk

Emergency repair of a punctured tire

If damage to the tire is intense, you need to tow the vehicle. Simply if there is a small hole in the tire, so as to 1 Emergency repair of a punctured tire

be able to drive to the nearest dealer in order to make permanent repairs, you can emergency repair in the tire The following cases, the tire puncture emergency repair kit can not

puncture emergency repair kit to temporarily repair the damage. be used. Please contact your Honda dealer or load service.

• When the expiration date of the emergency repair agent has expired
When punctured, please stop in a safe place off the speed over a firm grip gradually brake the handle.
• When the tire is punctured two or more
• When punk by about 4mm or more of cuts and stab wounds

• If something other than the road surface ground portion is punctured damaged
■ During traveling, when I noticed the punk
1. The ground is hard, non-slip, I parked the car on a level place, or the parking brake
Kick.
2. Add to the select lever. P
3. Blink a very flashing indicator lights, the engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To. contact area
In the unlikely event of

Such as diameter 4mm or less nails or screws ○

Diameter 4mm larger than ×

• When traveling in most state deflated


• When the tire is off the wheel
• When the wheel is damaged

Do not remove, such as the nails that were stuck in the tire.

And being accidentally disconnected, it may become impossible to emergency in the

emergency repair kit repair of a punctured tire.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

298
uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

1 Preparation of tire emergency repair


■ Preparation of tire emergency repair
In order to carry out emergency repairs to the smooth, please rather than read the

instructions that come with the tire pan-click emergency repair kit.
Speed ​limit seal
Air compressor
Tire puncture
emergency repair agent

Instructions

Expiration date In the unlikely event of

○ ○ / ○○○○ month
year

Magic zipper
1. Pull the knob of cargo space left liter
Opening the de.

2. Remove the magic fastener, tire pan


Taking out a click emergency repair kit.

3. Near away from the traffic, it was punctured tire


Knob
Put the kit horizontally.

Lid

Continued on next page 299


uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

1 Injection of emergency repair agent and air


■ Injection of emergency repair agent and air

1. Air conditioning Plettenberg from the air compressor


Power cord air w
Compressor hose Taking out a Sahosu and power cord.
Emergency for repair agent, harmful and drinking, and contains

a substance that can be fatal. If you drinking by mistake,

• Sai that go drinking as much as possible of the water.

• Immediately please consult a physician.

2. Remove the air compressor cap.

If you have attached to the skin or eyes


In the unlikely event of
• Please rinse well with water.
• Please immediately received medical attention when you
feel abnormal.

So as not to touch accidentally children, storage, please handle with

care.

3. Shake the bottle well of emergency repair agent.


When the outside temperature is below freezing point sealant may

not flow in easily. This tends to flow and warm in the car.

When the emergency repair agent is attached such as clothes, fell

such Io there you have it, please note.

300
uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

cap Four. Remove the cap of the emergency repair agent. 1 Injection of emergency repair agent and air

u Please do not remove the internal pig. Injection has finished empty bottle, please do not removed from the air

conditioning Plettenberg sir.


The inner pigs
without removing
Bottle without removing, please bring or Honda dealer to a

professional repair shop.

Five. The state of the remains with the internal pig of emergency repair agent

In, screwing the bottle to the air compressor.

u Firmly screw so that the bottle is not loosen


Please crowded. In the unlikely event of

6. Remove the valve cap from the valve.


Valve Caps

Continued on next page 301


uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

7. Screw the air compressor hose to the valve 1 Injection of emergency repair agent and air
hose
Exhaust valve Writes.
u That the exhaust valve is closed, air
w
Please make sure the compressor switch is OFF. Avoid work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.

Carbon monoxide is poisonous. Or become aware of


the unknown and draw in carbon monoxide, there is a
valve
death or be Ruosore. Work and in a closed location, Do

8. Plug the power cord of the air compressor not work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.
plug
The grayed, Insert the accessory socket no.

u Not to pinch the code to the door and windows


In the unlikely event of
be careful. In the location of snowfall or when the snow cover, not left to

2 Accessory socket P.185 start the Pawashisu Temu.

9. To start the engine. When the exhaust gas by the snow that was piled up around comes
Accessory socket
2 For carbon monoxide P.60 into the car to the residence, there is a risk of leading to serious

injury or death. If the engine has been started, please, such as by

removing the snow of the ambient of the vehicle.

When installing the air compressor hose, sure to the power of the

air compressor to OFF.

302
uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

Ten. ON the air compressor switch 1 Injection of emergency repair agent and air
exhaust valve
To, air pressure, increase in air pressure or are described When the power of the air compressor to ON, you will hear the sound

in the label on the body of the driver's seat side. and vibration, but this is not a malfunction.
Switch the

When not in the specified air pressure within 10 minutes, you can
11. To OFF the power of the air compressor.
not emergency repair by Emergency repair agent. Contact your
u Air pressure gauge attached to an air compressor
ON Honda dealer and road service.
OFF
In, check the air pressure.
u When too much air, the exhaust valve
The loosen and remove the air. Please note the boiling When you check the air pressure of the tire with an air pressure
over of emergency repair agent. gauge, please OFF the power of the air compressor.

12. Plug the power cord of the air compressor


The grayed, remove from accessory socket.
Honda when requesting a tire replaced or repaired to the dealer or In the unlikely event of
13. Remove the air compressor hose,
road service, please let me know that you used the tire puncture
Attach the hose cap.
Emergency repair agent.
u When removing the air compressor hose
Please note the boiling over of emergency repair Built-in compressor is for air filling of the passenger car type. At the
agent. time of handling, please pay attention to the following points.

Fukikobore repair agent, please take wipe with a cloth

or the like. • Of air compressor power is for 12V dedicated automotive. Other

power supply, please do not use.


14. Kagosu a tire puncture emergency repair kit
• During use, the surface of the air compressor make the subject
And stores it in the pace.
hot. Please do not use continuously for more than 15 minutes.
u Bottle is removed from the air compressor
Also, if you want to re-use, please use the cold air conditioners
Please do not.
repressor.

Continued on next page 303


uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

1 Check traveling
■ Check traveling

1. The speed limit seal, look better driver


w
Stick to the position.
Avoid work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.
2. To start the inspection running.

u Please observe the legal speed. On the highway Carbon monoxide is poisonous. Or become aware of
Please must adhere to the following 80km / h it is. the unknown and draw in carbon monoxide, there is a
3. 10 minutes or 5km run was after a safe place death or be Ruosore. Work and in a closed location, Do
not work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.
Stop the car.

In the location of snowfall or when the snow cover, not left to


In the unlikely event of start the Pawashisu Temu.

When the exhaust gas by the snow that was piled up around comes

into the car to the residence, there is a risk of leading to serious

injury or death. If the engine has been started, please, such as by

removing the snow of the ambient of the vehicle.

c
Not put the seal on the handle of the pad.
SRS air bag will not function properly.

Warning lights and speedometer is not attached to a position that

can not be seen.

It will interfere with safe driving.

304
uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

Eakonpu Four. At an air pressure gauge attached to an air compressor 1 Check traveling

Lesser To check the air pressure. Before traveling, whether or not there is forget loading, such as air
u Do the power of the air compressor to ON conditioners repressor which is mounted the empty bottle, please check

Please Do not. with firmly.

• Air pressure is 130kPa (1.3 kgf / cm 2 ) Less than in the case:

ON You can not repair the emergency repair agent.


OFF
Please contact your Honda dealer or road service to
abort the operation.
• Air pressure, place of air pressure that has been described in Oh

Ru label stuck on the body of the driver's seat next to if:

Emergency repair is complete.

• Air pressure is 130kPa (1.3 kgf / cm 2 ) Or more, the following case In the unlikely event of

air pressure is mounting serial on a label attached to the vehicle

body of the driver's seat side: increased to empty pressure

specified using the air compressor.

Until it arrives at the Honda dealer or a


professional repair shop, repeat steps 2 through 4.

u In the highway in less than 80km / h, the legal speed

Repair of the tire in the designation of the Honda dealer or a

professional repair shop to observe the degree, please go to the

exchange.

Five. Kagosupe and air compressor


Housed in the nest.

Continued on next page 305


uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

1 Replenishment of tire pressure


■ Replenishment of tire pressure

Use an air compressor that is equipped, you can replenish the air pressure of the tire that is not punk.
w
Avoid work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.
hose
1. To prepare the air compressor.

Exhaust valve 2. Away from the traffic, the tire to replenish the air Carbon monoxide is poisonous. Or become aware of
Put the kit horizontally in the vicinity. the unknown and draw in carbon monoxide, there is a
3. Remove the valve cap from the valve. death or be Ruosore. Work and in a closed location, Do
Four. The hose of the air compressor to the valve not work at risk of inhaling carbon monoxide.
Securely attached.
u Ensure that the exhaust valve is closed
valve
please.

In the unlikely event of Five. Plug the power cord of the air compressor In the location of snowfall or when the snow cover, not left to
plug
The grayed, Insert the accessory socket no. start the Pawashisu Temu.

When the exhaust gas by the snow that was piled up around comes
u Not to pinch the code to the door and windows into the car to the residence, there is a risk of leading to serious
be careful. injury or death. If the engine has been started, please, such as by
2 Accessory socket P.185 removing the snow of the ambient of the vehicle.

Accessory socket 6. To start the engine.


2 For carbon monoxide P.60
When the power of the air compressor to ON, you will hear the

sound and vibration, but this is not a malfunction.

306
uu When you punk u Emergency repair of a punctured tire

7. ON the air compressor switch 1 Replenishment of tire pressure


exhaust valve
To, air pressure, increase in air pressure or are described Built-in compressor is for air filling of the passenger car type. At the

in the label on the body of the driver's seat side. time of handling, please pay attention to the following points.
Switch the

• Of air compressor power is for 12V dedicated automotive. Other


8. To the power of the air compressor to OFF
power supply, please do not use.
That.
ON • During use, the surface of the air compressor make the subject
OFF
u Air pressure gauge attached to an air compressor
hot. Please do not use continuously for more than 15 minutes.
In, check the air pressure. Also, if you want to re-use, please use the cold air conditioners
u When too much air, the exhaust valve repressor.
The loosen and remove the air.
9. Stop the engine, the air compressor When you check the air pressure of the tire with an air pressure

Plug the power cord, remove from accessory gauge, please OFF the power of the air compressor.

socket. In the unlikely event of

Ten. Remove the air compressor hose.


11. An air compressor in the cargo space
For housing.

307
Handling of jack

Kakekata of jack
1. The ground is hard, non-slip, in a horizontal place 1 Kakekata of jack
Lid
Stop the car.
2. A select lever ( P Put in. w
3. Apply the parking brake. When the car is supported by only jack, it does not fall

Four. The engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To. under the car.

Five. Open the lid. The car is out of the jack, there is a risk that people who are

under the car bears a serious injury.

jack 6. Remove by loosening the jack. c


For safety when using the jack, be sure to protect the

next call.

• Not leave the engine running


In the unlikely event of
• Do not use other than the ground is hard, flat surface

• Not apply to non-jack point


• Do not leave carrying the people and luggage

7. Jack Han that is attached to the back side of the lid • Not enter into the vehicle during use jack
Jack handle bar
Dollar, remove the jack handle bar. • Not or put things on top of or under the jack

Carefully and use this product a jack that is mounted on the car.

Or raise another car in this jack, if you use a different car jack the

car to the top gel, there is that the vehicle or jack may be damaged.

Jack handle

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

308
uu Handling of jack u Kakekata of jack

8. Tires on a diagonal line of replacement tires 1 Kakekata of jack

Before and after, the wheel stopped at the stones. Jack point is, is as follows.

9. Closest Jakkipoi with the replacement tire


Put the jack under the cement.

Sprag Replace the tire

jack point Ten. Contact the top of the jack to jack point
Until touching turn the portion of Figure in the direction of the arrow.

u Jack point into the groove of the jack is


Make sure that you have waiting.
In the unlikely event of

11. Jack handle and jack handle


Insert as far as it will go
Use the bar, raising the vehicle until the tire is off the
ground.

Jack handle bar

Jack handle

309
Engine does not start

Checking the state of the engine

If the engine does not start, please check the state of the starter. 1 Checking the state of the engine

If you need to quickly move the car, and to jump start using the

booth ter battery.

2 How to jump start P.313

State of the starter Check items

Starter does not turn at all! Rotation of the Honda smart key system vehicles

starter is very slow! Multi-information display ✤ To check the display of


When a message of "Please touch the switch with the key" is displayed

• Make sure the operating range of the engine start-up. 2 Honda smart key When the battery of has expired P.311
Etc., such that the battery is up you are
When you press the button indicator of the key is not lit
considered. Check the right of the item
2 Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired P.311
sure to take appropriate action.
Common
In the unlikely event of
To check the brightness of the indoor lights

Lights and interior lights, make sure the brightness.


• It is very dark such as the interior lights, or at all if you do not light up

• If there is no problem with the brightness of indoor lighting 2 Inspection and replacement of the fuse P.328

Starter will turn to normal, but ... To perform the procedures for starting the engine

Once again, please try to correct engine start-up operation. 2 The start of the engine P.208
It will be considered, such as that in the fuse To check the immobilizer system indicator light
there is a problem. Check the right of the item When the immobilizer system indicator light is flashing, you can not start the engine.
sure to take appropriate action. 2 Immobilizer system P.140

To check the amount of fuel

Please make sure that contains the fuel. 2 Fuel gauge P.87
To check the fuse
Please make sure all of the fuse. 2 Inspection and replacement of the fuse P.328

If you do not want to start the engine even if the confirmation of the above, please have it inspected by Honda dealer.

310
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Engine does not start u Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired

Honda smart key ✤ When the battery of has expired

ENGINE START / STOP It can not be the start of the power mode of operation and the engine by

Case, please follow the steps below.


Please start the power system by the following procedure.

1. ENGINE START / STOP Press.


u Buzzer and "Pipipi Pipipi" is
Sounds, the indicator blinks for about 30 seconds.

2. While the indicator is flashing,


The Honda emblem of Honda smart key is brought into

contact with the switch.

u The buzzer sounds a "beep", indicator


There will turn on for about 10 seconds.

3. While the indicator is lit, right In the unlikely event of

Foot Brakes Bae Da Le a Stepping seen Do La,


ENGINE START / STOP Press.
u If you do not step on the brake pedal,
It becomes accessory mode.

311
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu Engine does not start u Engine stopping method of emergency

Honda smart key system vehicles

Engine stopping method of emergency


1 Engine stopping method of emergency

ENGINE START / STOP If you can no longer stop of the power system by, Unless an emergency such as required, while the vehicle is running

Please do one of the following. ENGINE START / STOP Please do not press.

• ENGINE START / STOP Press the 2 seconds

• ENGINE START / STOP Press 2 times in a row

At this time, the steering wheel lock is not.


From putting in the select
P lever, please refer to the power mode to the OFF mode.

In the unlikely event of

312
Jump Start

How to jump start


1 How to jump start

■ How to treatment
w
First, open the hood, check the status of the battery. If the battery liquid is frozen you can not jump
Jumpstart, carefully carried out in the correct procedure.
start until the battery acid dissolves. Next, please OFF the power source, such as audio and lights.
Clip of the booster cable, please securely fixed so as not to come off in the vibration of the engine. In The wrong operation of the jump start, battery
addition, please note the inclusion of cable. explosion, there is a danger of being a serious injury.
Far-fire of cigarettes, sparks and flame from the battery
1. The rescue vehicle engine switch and the vehicle ( 0 ※ 1 To sake, please do the correct procedure.
To.
2. The booster cable, the vehicle battery
advice
To connect to Lee + terminal.
When the temperature is put over a long period of time the battery to
3. The other end of the cable, the battery of rescue vehicles
extremely low location, there is a possibility that the inside of the battery
To connect to Lee + terminal. fluid to freeze.
In the unlikely event of
u The rescue vehicle, equipped with a battery of 12V When the battery fluid to jump start in the frozen battery can cause
the battery is broken.
Rescue car battery Please use the car are.
u When using the automotive charger voltage
Please be set to 15V or less. Cold at the time, the performance of the battery will decrease.

Four. The other one of the booster cable, rescue vehicles That it may interfere with the engine start-up, liquid volume, and the

confirmation of specific gravity, please refer to the supply and auxiliary


Of the battery - connected to the terminal.
charge of liquid, if necessary.
Five. The other end of the cable, the vehicle engine

To connect to the stud bolt. Please make sure metal each other is properly connected.

6. Start the rescue vehicle engine, the rotation number of small


Please do not connect to terminals other than the ground of the
And to increase.
engine the cable.
7. To start the vehicle engine.
When the battery fluid is insufficient, please do not use.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
There is a possibility that the battery inside of the deterioration progresses.
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.
Continued on next page 313
uu Jump Start u How to jump start

1 Work after the engine start-up


■ Work after the engine start-up
When the engine starts, the vehicle of the engine, remove the booster cables in the following procedure.
w
When dealing with a battery, not Na close the fire.
1. Remove the cable from the stud bolt of the vehicle engine.
2. The other end of the cable, the rescue car battery - removed from the terminal.
When you pull the fire to flammable gas generated from
3. Remove the cable from the positive terminal of the vehicle battery.
the battery, the battery to explode, there is a risk or to or
Four. The other end of the cable, remove from the positive terminal of the rescue car battery. Please have it
received a serious injury death.

inspected, such as in the Honda dealer or the nearest gas station.


When dealing with a battery, or to wear protective clothing,

face protection, please receive the maintenance of the battery

in a Honda dealer.
In the unlikely event of

Be aware of the handling of the battery fluid.

Battery fluid is dilute sulfuric acid. Please be careful because it is

rather when the part that is attacked with the eyes or skin.

• It should be washed at least over 5 minutes immediately with


plenty of water when deposited

• Drink plenty of drinking water immediately when swallowed

After emergency treatment, again that will consult a specialist.

Please note no matter terminals each other of booster cables, such

contact.

314
It does not move the selector lever

P
When the select lever, no longer locks into place with the position of, Please cancel the following method.

■ unlock

1. Apply the parking brake.


cover Honda smart key system vehicles

2. The power mode to the OFF mode.


Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles

2. Removing the key from the engine switch.

3. Winding the cloth on the tip of a thin flat-blade screwdriver

It can, remove the shift lock release hole in the cover.

u The tip of the flathead screwdriver, as shown in FIG.


In the unlikely event of
Remove and put to notch sea urchin cut.

button Four. The difference between the built-in key / key to shift lock release hole

Komu was.

Five. Button on the selector lever while holding down the key

N
Press and placed in the select lever.
Built-in key /
u The lock has been released. Honda Dealer
key
In, please have it inspected as soon as possible.

Shift lock release


hole

315
overheat

What to do if you were overheating


When the next, such as is overheating. 1 What to do if you were overheating

• High water temperature warning light (red) or light up, the power of the engine drops suddenly

• Steam drifted up from the engine room


w
If the steam is out, do not open the hood until no
■ The first thing to steam
1. Immediately stop the car in a safe place. When touch the steam and hot water exiting wipe from the

u Put to the select lever, andPapply the parking brake. Every radiator, there is a danger of being a serious injury.

Turn off the power of accessories, it flashes the emergency flashing lights.

2. If the steam does not come out: Open the hood while the engine running.
If the steam is out: Stop the engine, open the bonnet door from no longer out steam. Engine does not remove the radiator cap while
hot.
Breaking-out cooling water, Otherwise, there is subjected
In the unlikely event of
■ Be the next to serious injury. Please remove the cap from the sure the
Reserve 1. Check the operation of the cooling fan, high water temperature warning light radiator is cold enough.
tank But to stop the engine from the off.
advice
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
When operated in a state where high water temperature warning light is on,
Stop the engine immediately.
there is a risk of significantly damaging the engine or to.
2. The amount of cooling water from the cold engine, hose

To check the water leakage and the like.


Upper

and lower limits u When the amount of cooling water is not enough, Rajie
If the cooling water is leaking, please call for service to the Honda
It supplies the cooling water to the Tha and the reserve tank. If
dealer.
there is no cooling water will replenish the emergency of water.

■ Last to
• Once enough engine is cold, start the engine to check the high water temperature warning light. If the
warning light is off, to resume operation. When it is on, and then repaired to the Honda dealer.

316
Lighting / flashing warning light

Hydraulic pressure warning light is illuminated

■ The reason for lighting 1 Hydraulic pressure warning light is illuminated

Hydraulic oil that the internal engine lubricating will light to decrease. advice

When the rotation of the engine in the hydraulic pressure is low, there is a

■ Soon to be Once lit possibility that the engine may be damaged.

1. Immediately stop the car in a horizontal and in a safe location.

2. Blink the very flashing indicator light.

■ It is from parked the car


1. Stop the engine and allowed to stand for about 3 minutes.

2. Open the hood, check the amount of engine oil.


u If necessary, please replenish the engine oil.
3. Start the engine, check the oil pressure warning light.

u Off the: Please restart the operation. In the unlikely event of

u Do not turn off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine, immediately Honda
Please ask the repair dealer.

1 Charge warning lamp is lit


Charge warning lamp is lit
If you want to temporarily stop, please do not stop the engine.
■ The reason for lighting

Battery lights has not been charged. When you start the engine, the battery is rapidly discharged.

■ It is Once lit
In order to reduce the consumption of electricity, air conditioning, in the OFF and Riyadefurosuta,

please have it repaired immediately Honda dealer.

317
uu Lighting / flashing warning light u PGM-FI warning lamp is lit / flashing

PGM-FI warning lamp is lit / flashing


■ The reason for lighting / blinking 1 PGM-FI warning lamp is lit / flashing

Engine exhaust gas control system of lights up when the abnormality. Flashes when it detects a advice

misfire state of the engine each cylinder. When the PGM-FI warning lamp is continuous running lights, you

might damage the exhaust gas control system and engine.

■ When lit
To avoid the high-speed running, please have it inspected at the Honda dealer immediately.
After restarting the engine, can the warning light flashes again,

please consult a travel check to the nearest Honda dealer at a


■ When the flashes
speed of less than 50km / h.
Stop at no safe place of combustible materials, such as Bacillus subtilis, please wait until cool to stop for more

than 10 minutes engine.

Brake warning light (red) is lit 1 Brake warning light (red) is lit
In the unlikely event of
Immediately, Be sure to request repairs to the Honda dealer.
■ The reason for lighting

• It lights up when the brake fluid is reduced.


Rukoto be operating in a state in which the brake fluid is reduced is
• Brake distribution feature is turned on at the time of abnormality.
dangerous.

■ Be Once you have turned on while driving If there is no resistance to the brake pedal, please stop the car in a
• Stepping lightly on the brake pedal, to check the pressure of the pedal. safe place immediately. If necessary, drop the gear.

• To check the brake fluid amount.

If you turned on at the same time as the ABS warning light, there is a possibility that

at the time of sudden braking the vehicle becomes unstable. Please avoid the

high-speed driving or sudden braking. Immediately, please have it repaired to the

Honda dealer.

318
uu Lighting / flashing warning light u EPS (electric power steering) system warning light is lit

EPS (electric power steering) system warning light is lit


■ The reason for lighting

• EPS is lit at the time of abnormality.


• Lights and carry out the racing of the engine in the vehicle is stopped, you may handle is that a

heavy.

■ It is Once lit
• Parked in a safe place, to restart the engine

If you also want to light up while driving then, please have it inspected at the Honda dealer

immediately.

In the unlikely event of

319
fuse

Fuse of the installation location

If the electrical device does not work, the engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To to, and ensure that no fuse is blown.
Fuse is located in the four fuse box.

■ Fuse box in the engine room 1 Fuse box in the engine room

There is next to the washer tank attached to the driver's The lid of the fuse box, the location of the fuse will Yes to display.
tab
The number of the fuse numbers and the lid, please check the
seat side in the engine room. Please open by pressing
position of the corresponding fuse.
the tab.

In the unlikely event of

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

320
uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

■ Equipment and capacity of each fuse display Equipment capacity display Equipment capacity

Fuse attached to the () is capacity, there is a case that Sub fan motor 30A Left headlight
twenty three 10A
contains the fuse even if the instrumentation Bei no. - - - Low beam
3
DC / DC1 ( 30A ) 20A ) ※Five
Driver's seat side E- pretensioners (
twenty four

DC / DC2 ( 30A )
display Equipment capacity
twenty five MG clutch 7.5A
EPS 70A Four IGPS 7.5A

Five STRLD ( 7.5A ) 20A ) ※Five


Passenger side E- pretensioners (
Rear fuse box ( 70A ) 26

ABS / VSA motor 30A Starter magnetic


6 7.5A ※ 1
diode 27 Small main 20A
1 ABS / VSA 40A
7- - - 28 Room lamp 10A
Starter magnetic switch ( 30A )
8- - -
29 backup 10A
9- - -
Main fuse 120A
Ten - - - ※ 1: Honda smart key system-equipped vehicles ※ 2: Honda
In the unlikely event of
Ignition main 50A ※ 1 11 Backup 2 ( 30A ) smart key system vehicles ※ 3: power sliding door vehicles ※ 4:
30A ※ 2
fog light vehicles ※ 5: E- pretensioners vehicles
Driver's
closers side / passenger side Easy door
( 20A ) ※ 3
Fuse box Main 1 60A 12

Fuse box Main 2 60A


13 Fog lights ( 20A ) ※Four
Riyaburoa 40A
14 Emergency flashing lights 15A
ignition
30A ※ 2
Main 2 15 IGP2 15A
2
Riyadefurosuta 40A 16 ignition coil 15A

Driver's / passenger side power sliding door 17 Brake lights 10A


( 40A ) ※ 3
motorside
18 Horn 10A

19 Injector ( 20A )
Heater motor 40A
Right headlight
Front wiper 30A 20 10A
Low beam
Headlight main 30A
twenty one FI main 15A
Main fan motor 30A
twenty two Drive-by-wire 15A
Continued on next page 321
uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

1 Of indoor driver's side fuse box


■ Of indoor driver's side fuse box
The label on the bottom of the fuse box, the location of the fuse will
There above the accelerator pedal.
Yes to display. The number of the fuse number and label, please

check the position of the corresponding fuse.

In the unlikely event of

322
uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

■ Equipment and capacity of each fuse display Equipment capacity display Equipment capacity

Fuse attached to the () is capacity, there is a case that 19 Driver's side door unlock 10A Driver's power seat (longitudinal
20A ) ※ 1
slide) ( seat
36
contains the fuse even if the instrumentation Bei no.
20 Passenger-side door unlocked 10A
37 Accessories ( 7.5A )
twenty one - - -
38 - - -
display Equipment capacity twenty two Driver's side door lock 10A
Left headlight Ha
1 Air conditioning 7.5A twenty three - - - 39 10A
Ibimu
2 - - twenty four SRS air bag 10A
Front accessories
40 20A
3 - - twenty five Indoor illumination 10A socket
Four Rear wiper 10A
26 ACC key lock 7.5A 41 Passenger-side door lock 10A
Five Shift lock solenoid 7.5A
27 Car width lamp 10A 42 Door lock 20A
6 Starter motor 7.5A
Active cornering light ( 10A) ※ 2
28 ※ 1: the driver's seat power seat vehicles ※ 2: active cornering
7 option 7.5A
In the unlikely event of
light vehicles ※ 3: Honda smart key system vehicles
8 transmission 10A Right headlight
29 10A
9 Fuel pump 15A High beam

Ten relay 7.5A 30 washer 15A

11 - - - Honda smart key


31 (10A) ※ 3
12 Front wiper 7.5A system

13 Generator 15A
Driver's seat power
32 20A
window
Accessory socket
14 20A The front passenger's
(console) 33 20A
seat power window
20A) ※ 1 seat power seat (reclining)
(Driver's
15 Rear seat left side power
34 20A
window
16 - -
Rear seat right side
17 Heated seats (20A) ※ 1 35 20A
power window
18 - -

Continued on next page 323


uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

1 Of indoor passenger side fuse box


■ Of indoor passenger side fuse box
To Oh Ru label stuck to the back side of the grated glove box, the
1. Open the glove box, outside the damper
location of the fuse will Yes to display.
It is.

The number of the fuse number and label, please check the

position of the corresponding fuse.

Damper

stopper 2. Vinegar attached to both sides of the glove box

Push the topper on the inside, down the glove box.

In the unlikely event of

Located on the right side of the air conditioner filter.

Fuse box

label

324
uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

■ Equipment and capacity of each fuse

1234

5678

Fuse attached to the () is capacity, there is a case that


contains the fuse even if the instrumentation Bei no.

In the unlikely event of

display Equipment capacity

1- - -
2 Transmission ( 10A) ※ 1

3 ignition 7.5A

Four Backup 2 main 10A

Five ACC 7.5A

6 audio 15A

7 MICU 7.5A

8 ABS / VSA 7.5A

※ 1: idling stop system vehicles

Continued on next page 325


uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

1 Interior cargo space left side of the fuse box


■ Interior cargo space left side of the fuse box ✤
On a label attached to the back side of the lid, Yes to display the

location of the fuse. The number of the fuse number and label,
Magic zipper
1. Pull the knob of cargo space left liter
please check the position of the corresponding fuse.
Opening the de.

2. Remove the magic fastener, tire pan


Taking out a click emergency repair kit.

Knob

Lid

3. The lid is pulled to the front while pressing the tab


In the unlikely event of
Open.

Lid tab

326
✤ : Due to the type and options, different equipment.
uu fuse u Fuse of the installation location

■ Equipment and capacity of each fuse

Fuse attached to the () is capacity, there is a case that


contains the fuse even if the instrumentation Bei no.

display Equipment capacity

1 - -
2 - -
3- - -
Passenger's side easy door
Four closers ( 20A )

Five - - -
6 - ( 30A )
In the unlikely event of
7 Lift-up Seat ( 40A ) ※ 1
Passenger-side power sliding
8 door ( 40A )

REAL TIME AWD


9 ( 30A ) ※ 2
unit

※ 1: Side Lift-up Seat model ※ 2: REAL TIME

AWD vehicles

327
uu fuse u Inspection and replacement of the fuse

Inspection and replacement of the fuse

Burnt-out fuse 1. The engine switch ( 0 ※ 1 To, headlight 1 Inspection and replacement of the fuse

To OFF the door and all of the accessories. advice


2. Remove the lid of the fuse box. If you replace the large fuse than the specified capacity, the risk of

3. Point a large fuse in the engine room damage to the electrical system will be higher.

Biopsy to. After the exchange, if, as soon as the fuse expires, please have it

inspected by Honda dealer.


u If you have a cut and are fuse, plastic
Remove the screws in the scan driver, please be replaced
Fuse, please replace it with a fuse of the same specified capacity.
with a new one.

Four. And in the engine room, a small room 2 Equipment and capacity of each fuse P.320 ~ 326
To check the fuse.
Fuse puller
u If you have a cut and are fuse, The fuse box in the engine room, comes with a fuse puller.

Pull-out in the fuse puller, please be replaced with


In the unlikely event of
Install a new one. Fuse puller is used when pulling out the small fuse that has expired.

remove

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGIN START / STOP There has been applied.

328
Towing

Towing of emergency

Towing 2WD cars ask the specialist skilled in the art four-wheel or front wheel, REAL TIME AWD cars please go 1 Towing of emergency

to lift the four-wheel. advice

Or lift the car bumper, and traction, the bumper will be damaged

■ If you are forced to tow significantly.

Bumpers are not designed to support the weight of the car.


Unavoidably the case of a tow rope grounds the four-wheel, do so in the following ways.

1. Transmitter from the bottom of the engine room When you suspect that there is an abnormality in the power transmission device, such

Such as Deployment fluid (oil) to ensure they do not as when the wheel does not move, 2WD cars are four-wheel or front wheel, REAL
Towing hook
leak. TIME AWD vehicles, please only N argument to lift the four-wheel.

u If there is abnormal, a four-wheel or front wheel

Do not attempt to tow of contact with the ground.


Sai that is, we wrapped the cloth to the portion corresponding to the body

when it is towed by using, for example, rope or chain. In the unlikely event of
2. Put a rope to tow hook.

If it is as it is towed, scratches on the vehicle body is no exception.

Continued on next page 329


uu Towing u Towing of emergency

3. White cloth to rope the central portion (0.3m square or more) 1 Towing of emergency
As far as possible the same side
wear. advice
Four. Select lever to start the engine Traction in a state in which the engine is stopped, please note the

To and
D held for about 5 seconds. following things.

u When the engine does not start, engine • Since the booster of the brake does not work, effectiveness of braking

Within 25m may deteriorate


A down switch ( q Or ( w ※ 1 It wants to.
• Fried steering power steering of the power device, such work is
within 5m heavy
Five. To the select lever. N
• CVT vehicles, there is a possibility that the transmission may be
6. To release the parking brake. damaged

7. Speed ​30km / h or less, within traveling distance 80km

Towing to. In the long downhill, because there is a possibility that the

u During towing, note the brake light in front of the car temperature of the brake becomes ineffective is brake up, please
In the unlikely event of
Make sure you do not slack rope Te. ask them to tow the tow truck.

※ 1: Honda smart key system equipped vehicles instead of the engine switch
ENGINE START / STOP There has been applied.

330
uu Towing u Towing of emergency

■ If you must tow the other vehicle 1 If you must tow the other vehicle

Please go over the rope to the tow hook when you need advice

Please avoid towing of heavier car than the vehicle.


to make a towing other vehicles.

When you tow using, for example, rope or chain, be sure to wrap the

cloth to the portion corresponding to the vehicle body.

Continued traction, it may damage the vehicle body is attached.

Towing hook
Idling stop system vehicles

Sure to the idling stop system to OFF.

2 Idling stop system OFF switch In the unlikely event of

Ji P.219

331
When the tail gate does not open

■ What to do if you do not open 1 What to do if you do not open

Should, when it is no longer able to open the tailgate, please open the following methods as first aid.
c
When opening the tailgate from the inside, to make sure that there
1. The lid of the tail gate, minus Dora
is enough space to safety and the car of the upper and rear of the
Insert the tip of Iba, push open.
Lid ambient.
u So that the lid is not damaged, driver
There is a Re morning sickness to the unexpected injury hit the people
Please wrapped with a cloth.
and things.

After emergency treatment, sure to receive a check in the Honda dealer.

In the unlikely event of


2. Use a screwdriver to move the lever to the right

In the state of the remains, opened by pressing the tailgate.

Unlock

lever

332
Document

This chapter contains information about specifications.

Specifications: B ............................................... .. 334

Specifications: G ............................................... .. 336

Specifications: G AERO .................................... 338

Specifications: Absolute ................................... 340

333
Specifications: B

■ specification ■ fuel ■ light bulb

name Odyssey Regular unleaded gasoline regular 12V-55W ※ 1


Engine displacement 2,356 cm 3 Fuel type bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22) Headlight (high beam) 12V-60W ※ 1
Body shape 4-door station wagon Front direction indicator / front very flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) side marker lamp

Seating capacity 8 persons LED


Fuel tank capacity 55ℓ ※ 1
50ℓ ※ 2
Side turn signal / side highly flashing indicator LED brake lights /
■ Regulation ※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME AWD
taillights LED
vehicles
The amount of Tail light LED
deflection of the belt Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) rear side lamp
Reference range ■ Air cleaner element
LED
type Wet Reversing lights 12V-16W
High-mount stop lamp LED
■ battery
Number plate light LED
Capacity / type 52AH (5) / 70D23L Front seat interior lights / map lamp 12V-8W second, third
seat interior lights / map lamps
■ Washer fluid 12V-5W

indicator tank capacity 2.5ℓ Cargo space lighting 12V-5W


Spark plug NGK ILKAR7K11S AWD car headlights (low beam)
Tailgate lighting 12V-5W
DENSO SXE22HQR11S
※ 1: halogen bulb
Gap reference value of the electrode 1.0-1.1mm

Spark plugs, uses the iridium plug. Please refer to the "maintenance notes" ■ Differential oil
during the period exchange.
REAL TIME AWD vehicles only

Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra DPSF-II


■ Confirmation
Specified amount 1.25ℓ (when replacing)
Brake pedal play 1-5mm
■ Brake fluid
Document Gap between the floor 129mm or more
{Force of about 196 N (20 kgf)}
Specified liquid Honda genuine brake fluid DOT3 or
Carpet and of DOT4
Clearance (reference value) 66mm or more
{Force of about 196 N (20 kgf)}

Parking brake 7-8 notches {force of approximately ■ Transmission fluid


White stepping
294 N (30 kgf)}
Honda genuine ultra 3.7ℓ (when replacing) ※ 1
Specified liquid
HCF-2 4.3ℓ (when replacing) ※ 2

※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME

334
Specifications: B

■ Recommended engine oil

Honda genuine API SN grade


Engine oil ULTRA LEO ※ 1 SAE 0W-20

API SN grade
ULTRA LTD
SAE 5W-30

Specified amount When oil exchange 4.0ℓ


Oil, Oirufi Luther during simultaneous
exchange 4.2ℓ

※ 1: This is the most fuel-efficient with excellent oil.

■ Cooling water

Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra e coolant normal concentration of 50%

specified amount

6.76ℓ (during the exchange: including reserve tank 0.83ℓ)

■ tire
size 215 / 60R16 95H
Standard Air pressure kPa (kgf /
230 (2.3)
tire cm 2 )

Rim size 16 × 6 1 / 2J

Document

335
Specifications: G

■ specification ■ fuel ■ light bulb

name Odyssey Regular unleaded gasoline regular 12V-55W ※ 1, ※ 2


Engine displacement 2,356 cm 3 Fuel type bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22) LED ※ 3

Body shape 4-door station wagon Headlight (high beam) 12V-60W ※ 1

Seating capacity 7 people ※ 1 Front direction indicator / front very flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) side marker lamp
Fuel tank capacity 55ℓ ※ 1
8 persons ※ 2
50ℓ ※ 2 LED

※ 1: Second premium cradle seat vehicles ※ 2: Second bench ※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME AWD Active cornering light ※Four LED
seat vehicles vehicles
Side turn signal / side highly flashing indicator LED brake lights /

taillights LED
■ Regulation ■ Air cleaner element
Tail light LED
beam)
The amount of
type Wet Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) rear side lamp

deflection of the belt LED


Reference range ■ battery Reversing
front doorlights
open and close light vehicles headlights (low
12V-16W
Capacity / type 52AH (5) / Q-85 High-mount stop lamp LED

Number plate light LED


■ Washer fluid light vehicles ※ 7: Vanity mirror lighting vehicles ※ 8:
Front seat interior lights / map lamp 12V-8W ※Five
tank capacity 2.5ℓ LED ※ 6
Second, third seat interior lights / map 12V-5W ※Five
※ 5: LED interior light vehicles without ※ 6: LED interior
lamps LED ※ 6
indicator Cargo space lighting 12V-5W
Spark plug NGK ILKAR7K11S Tailgate lighting 12V-5W
LED headlights vehicles ※ 4: Active Headlights vehicles
DENSO SXE22HQR11S Vanity mirror lighting ※ 7 12V-2W
Gap reference value of the electrode 1.0-1.1mm Front door open and close lights ※ 8 LED

Spark plugs, uses the iridium plug. Please refer to the "maintenance notes" ※ 1: halogen bulb ※ 2: halogen headlights vehicles ※ 3:
during the period exchange.

Document
■ Confirmation

Brake pedal play 1-5mm

Gap between the floor 129mm or more


{Force of about 196 N (20 kgf)}

Carpet and of
{Force
Clearance (reference value) 66mm of about 196 N (20 kgf)}
or more

Parking brake 7-8 notches {force of approximately


White stepping
294 N (30 kgf)}

336
Specifications: G

■ Differential oil
REAL TIME AWD vehicles only

Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra DPSF-II


Specified amount 1.25ℓ (when replacing)

■ Brake fluid
Specified liquid Honda genuine brake fluid DOT3 or
DOT4

■ Transmission fluid
Honda genuine ultra 3.7ℓ (when replacing) ※ 1
Specified liquid
HCF-2 4.3ℓ (when replacing) ※ 2

※ 1: 2WD cars
※ 2: REAL TIME AWD vehicles

■ Recommended engine oil

Honda genuine API SN grade


Engine oil ULTRA LEO ※ 1 SAE 0W-20

API SN grade
ULTRA LTD
SAE 5W-30

Specified amount When oil exchange 4.0ℓ


Oil, Oirufi Luther during simultaneous
exchange 4.2ℓ

※ 1: This is the most fuel-efficient with excellent oil.

■ Cooling water
Document
Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra e coolant normal concentration of 50%

specified amount

6.76ℓ (during the exchange: including reserve tank 0.83ℓ)

■ tire
size 215 / 60R16 95H
Standard Air pressure kPa (kgf /
230 (2.3)
tire cm 2 )

Rim size 16 × 6 1 / 2J

337
Specifications: G AERO

■ specification ■ fuel ■ light bulb

name Odyssey Regular unleaded gasoline regular 12V-55W ※ 1, ※ 2


Engine displacement 2,356 cm 3 Fuel type bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22) LED ※ 3

Body shape 4-door station wagon Headlight (high beam) 12V-60W ※ 1

Seating capacity 7 people ※ 1 Front direction indicator / front very flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) side marker lamp
Fuel tank capacity 55ℓ ※ 1
8 persons ※ 2
50ℓ ※ 2 LED

※ 1: Second premium cradle seat vehicles ※ 2: Second bench ※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME AWD Side turn signal / side highly flashing indicator LED brake lights /

seat vehicles vehicles


taillights LED

Tail light LED


■ Regulation ■ Air cleaner element
Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) rear side lamp

The amount of
type Wet LED
deflection of the belt Reversing lights 12V-16W
■ battery head light (low beam)
Reference range High-mount stop lamp LED
Capacity / type 52AH (5) / Q-85 Sliding door outer courtesy light ※Four
LED

■ Washer fluid Number


LED plate light
interior light vehicles with
light vehicles without ※ 6: LED interiorLED

tank capacity 2.5ℓ Front seat interior lights / map lamp 12V-8W ※Five
LED ※ 6
Second, third seat interior lights / map 12V-5W ※Five
headlights vehicles ※ 4: sliding door outer courtesy light vehicles ※ 5:
indicator lamps LED ※ 6
Spark plug NGK ILKAR7K11S Cargo space lighting 12V-5W
DENSO SXE22HQR11S Tailgate lighting 12V-5W
Gap reference value of the electrode 1.0-1.1mm ※ 1: halogen bulb ※ 2: halogen headlights vehicles ※ 3: LED

Spark plugs, uses the iridium plug. Please refer to the "maintenance notes"
during the period exchange.

Document
■ Confirmation

Brake pedal play 1-5mm

Gap between the floor 129mm or more


{Force of about 196 N (20 kgf)}

Carpet and of
{Force
Clearance (reference value) 66mm of about 196 N (20 kgf)}
or more

Parking brake 7-8 notches {force of approximately


White stepping
294 N (30 kgf)}

338
Specifications: G AERO

■ Differential oil ■ tire


REAL TIME AWD vehicles only size 215 / 55R17 94V
Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra DPSF-II Front wheel 220 (2.2) ※ 1

Specified amount 1.25ℓ (when replacing) Air pressure kPa (kgf / Front wheel 230 (2.3) ※ 2

cm 2 ) The rear wheel 220 (2.2) ※ 1

■ Brake fluid The rear wheel 240 (2.4) ※ 2

Specified liquid Honda genuine brake fluid DOT3 or Rim size


AWD car standard tire 17 × 7 J

DOT4 ※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME

■ Transmission fluid
Honda genuine ultra 3.7ℓ (when replacing) ※ 1
Specified liquid
HCF-2 4.3ℓ (when replacing) ※ 2

※ 1: 2WD cars
※ 2: REAL TIME AWD vehicles

■ Recommended engine oil

Honda genuine API SN grade


Engine oil ULTRA LEO ※ 1 SAE 0W-20

API SN grade
ULTRA LTD
SAE 5W-30

Specified amount When oil exchange 4.0ℓ


Oil, Oirufi Luther during simultaneous
exchange 4.2ℓ

※ 1: This is the most fuel-efficient with excellent oil.

■ Cooling water
Document
Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra e coolant normal concentration of 50%

specified amount

6.76ℓ (during the exchange: including reserve tank 0.83ℓ)

339
Specifications: Absolute

■ specification ■ fuel ■ light bulb

name Odyssey Regular unleaded gasoline regular LED

Engine displacement 2,356 cm 3 Fuel type bio-blended gasoline (E10 / ETBE22) Headlight (high beam) 12V-60W ※ 1
Body shape 4-door station wagon Fog lights 12V-35W ※ 1
Seating capacity 7 people ※ 1 Active cornering light LED
Fuel tank capacity 55ℓ ※ 1
8 persons ※ 2
50ℓ ※ 2
Front direction indicator / front very flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) side marker lamp

※ 1: Second premium cradle seat vehicles ※ 2: Second bench ※ 1: 2WD cars ※ 2: REAL TIME AWD
LED
seat vehicles vehicles
Side turn signal / side highly flashing indicator LED brake lights /

taillights LED
■ Regulation ■ Air cleaner element
Tail light LED
The amount of
type Wet Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing indicator 12V-21W (orange) rear side lamp

deflection of the belt LED


Reference range ■ battery
Reversing lights 12V-16W
Capacity / type 52AH (5) / UQ-85 High-mount stop lamp LED

Sliding door outer courtesy light ※ 2


■ Washer fluid LED

tank capacity 2.5ℓ Number plate light LED


CP ... candle power (the unit of luminous intensity) headlights (low beam)
Front seat interior lights / map lamp 12V-8W ※ 3
LED ※Four
indicator Second, third seat interior lights / map 12V-5W ※ 3
Spark plug NGK DILKAR7G11GS lamps LED ※Four

DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S Cargo space lighting 12V-5W


Gap reference value of the electrode 1.0-1.1mm LED interior light vehicles without ※ 4: LED interior light vehicles ※ 5:
Tailgate lighting 12V-5W
Spark plugs, uses the iridium plug. Please refer to the "maintenance notes" Vanity mirror lighting 12V-2W
during the period exchange. 12V-2CP (3.8W) ※
3, ※ 5
Front door open and close lights

Document LED ※Four


■ Confirmation
※ 1: halogen bulb ※ 2: sliding door outer courtesy light vehicles ※ 3:
Brake pedal play 1-5mm

Gap between the floor 129mm or more


{Force of about 196 N (20 kgf)}

Carpet and of
{Force
Clearance (reference value) 66mm of about 196 N (20 kgf)}
or more

Parking brake 7-8 notches {force of approximately


White stepping
294 N (30 kgf)}

340
Specifications: Absolute

■ Differential oil ■ tire


REAL TIME AWD vehicles only 215 / 55R17 94V ※ 1
size
Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra DPSF-II 225 / 45R18 91W ※ 2

Specified amount 1.25ℓ (when replacing) Front wheel 220 (2.2) ※ 3

Air pressure kPa (kgf / Front wheel 230 (2.3) ※Four

■ Brake fluid cm 2 ) The rear wheel 230 (2.3) ※ 3

Specified liquid Honda genuine brake fluid DOT3 or The rear wheel 240 (2.4) ※Four

DOT4 17 × 7 J ※Five
Rim size 17 × 7 JJ ※ 6
■ Transmission fluid 18 × 7 J ※ 2
wheel vehicles standard tire
3.7ℓ (when replacing) ※ 1
※ 1: 17-inch wheels equipped car ※ 2: 18-inch wheels equipped car ※ 3:
Honda genuine ultra
Specified liquid 17-inch wheels equipped vehicles (2WD car) ※ 4: 17-inch wheels equipped
HCF-2 4.3ℓ (when replacing) ※ 2 17 × 7 J wheel vehicles ※ 6: 17 × 7 JJ
vehicles (REAL TIME AWD vehicles),
※ 1: 2WD cars
※ 2: REAL TIME AWD vehicles 18 inches wheel vehicles ※ 5:

■ Recommended engine oil

Honda genuine API SN grade


Engine oil ULTRA LEO ※ 1 SAE 0W-20

API SN grade
ULTRA LTD
SAE 5W-30

Specified amount When oil exchange 4.0ℓ


Oil, Oirufi Luther during simultaneous
exchange 4.2ℓ

※ 1: This is the most fuel-efficient with excellent oil.

■ Cooling water
Document
Specified liquid Honda genuine ultra e coolant normal concentration of 50%

specified amount

6.76ℓ (during the exchange: including reserve tank 0.83ℓ)

341
index
index
SRS air bag .......................................... 35
The numbers H
Air bag system warning light ................ 42, 67
7-speed manual shift mode ...................... 217 Honda smart key ......................... 112, 114

Honda smart key system warning light ........ 65

How to replace batteries .................................. 288 V


A
ENGINE START / STOP switch ........... 147
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) ...... 227
A / C (air conditioning) ......................................... 191
Honda smart key battery warning ........... 69
VSA warning light ...................................... 67, 227
ABS (anti-lock brake system) ... 234
Honda smart key carry-off warning ......... 149
VSA OFF warning light ...................................... 67
ABS warning light ....................................... 66, 234

ACC (adaptive cruise control)


ACC warning light .............................................. 66 I W
ACC indicator light .............................................. 76 ISOFIX ................................................. 51, 55
W (watt) number .................... 334, 336, 338, 340
AT (automatic transmission) .. 214

AWD (all-wheel driving) system ........................................... ....... 228


M A
MIST ................................................. ....... 157
Idling stop system ............. 6, 219

Idling stop system warning light ..... 72


C
Idling stop indicator ........... 76, 219
CMBS (collision mitigation brake) ........................ 245
P
Aqua Clean mirror ............................... 295
CMBS warning light ........................................... 70 PGM-FI warning lamp .................................... 64, 318
Accessories ............................................ 261
CRUISE CONTROL
Accessory socket ............... 185, 302, 306
(Cruise control) .......................... 224
R Active cornering light ......... 153, 271

REAL TIME AWD (all-wheel driving) system ............................ 228 Adaptive cruise control (ACC)

E ACC warning light ............................................. 66


index
ECON switch ......................................... 223 AWD system warning light ............................... 71 ACC indicator ............................................. 76

ECON indicator ............................................... 76 Display Safety ........................................ 19

Checklist ................................. for safety twenty three


ENGINE START / STOP switch ............ 147
S
EPS warning light ............................................... ... 69
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 234
SEL / RESET switch ................................. 92
ABS warning light ...................................... 66, 234
ETC on-board unit ............................................... separate E-

pretensioner ..................................... 27

342
ON and OFF of the touch panel operation sound ........... 197
Lee Oh
Take how ........................ of the window of fogging and frost 195
Easy door closers ............................ 139 Audio equipment .......................................... 204
Mode switch ................ 192, 193
The risk of carbon monoxide ..................................... 60 Auto door lock / auto door unlock .............................. 124
Interlock activated (synchro) mode .................... 196
Immobilizer system ............................ 140
Airbag................................................ .. 35
The immobilizer system indicator ................ 74 Auto light control ......................... 154
SRS air bag ........................................ 35
Illumination control ................. 159 Warning light ................................................ ...... 67
Air bag system warning light ................ 42, 67
Information Display ................ 89 overheat.......................................... 316
Air bag system failure diagnosis recording device ..... 19
Information indicator .......................... 75 All-wheel driving (AWD) system ........................................... ....... 228
Of the air bag care ............................. 43

Side air bag .................................... 38


Overtaking signal (passing) ............................... 154
C Side curtain air bag ...................... 40
odometer......................................... 90, 94
Opening and closing of the window ...................................... 142 Eco Assist system ................................... Five
Temperature sensor......................................... 90, 95
Window washer Ambient meter ............................... Five

Supply .............. of window washer fluid 268 Emergency stop signal .......... 236

Window washer switch .............. 157 engine oil......................................... 268


Mosquitoes

Wear indicator ............................... 284 Recommended engine oil ....... 335, 337, 339, 341 Cargo space lighting ............................... 182

operation The start of the engine ...................................... 208 Hydraulic warning light ...................................... 64, 317 Replacing the light bulb ............................................. 278

Engine switch ...................................... 151 Outside temperature display ............................................. 90, 95

Cruise control ........................... 224 The start of the engine ......................................... 208 Key (key) .............................................. ...... 111

Shift operation ............................................. 215 ........................... the engine does not start 310 Customization features ........................................ 96

Brake operation ......................................... 232 Jump start .................................. 313 gasoline.................... 258, 334, 336, 338, 340

Maintenance in the engine room .............. 266

Supply of window washer fluid ............. 268


D Key index
Maintenance items in the engine room ... 266
Air conditioning ................................................. ... 191 Key Honda smart key ...................... 112, 114
Recommended engine oil ....... 335, 337, 339, 341
Air clean filter ........................ 289
............................... to open the hood 267
Use of air conditioning how ............................... 192 Key is 0 From ( q ..................... that does not turn to 17
Inspection and supply of cooling water ............................... 316
Automatic air conditioner ........................... for the rear seat 198 Key is q From 0 ..................... that does not turn to 17
Engine cooling water ................. 335, 337, 339, 341
Rear seat cooler ...................................... 200 Prevention device ............................ confinement key 120

343
Key number tag ................................... 113 Remodeling ............................................... of car ..... 261 Transmission warning light ...................... 65

Kind of keys function ................................... 111 Glove box ...................................... 183 Fuel level warning light ....................................... 66

Keyless Entry ....................... 112, 115 Power sliding door warning light ...................... 69

...... the door is not opened in the keyless entry 18 Blind Spot Information warning light
Ke
Rear door does not open ................................. 17 ............................................. ...... 72
Elapsed time display ............................................... 95
How to replace batteries ................................... 287 Brake warning light (red) .................. 62, 318
Instrument ................................................. ........... 61
Built-in key ................................................ 112 Brake system warning light (orange) ......... 63
Warning light ................................................ ......... 62
Prevention device ............................... confinement key 120 Hydraulic warning light ...................................... 64, 317
ABS warning light ...................................... 66, 234
Key number tag ...................................... 113 Towing ................................................. ...... 329
ACC warning light .............................................. 66
Keyless Entry........................... 112, 115
AWD system warning light ............................... 71
How to replace batteries ................................... 287
CMBS warning light ........................................... 70
Koh
Keyless entry integrated key
EPS warning light ....................................... 69, 319 Wide-angle type door mirror ............................... 163
How to replace batteries ................................... 287
Honda smart key system warning light ....... 65 Exchange Active cornering light bulb ....... 271
Kick down ............................................. 214
Honda smart key battery warning light ........ 69
Refueling ................................................. .......... 258
PGM-FI warning lamp ................................. 64, 318 Cargo space lighting bulbs .................... 278
How refueling ......................................... 258
VSA OFF warning light ...................................... 67 Reversing lights bulbs ............................................ 276
Specified fuel ................ 258, 334, 336, 338, 340
VSA warning light ...................................... 67, 227 Rear side bulbs ..................................... 275
Fuel gauge ................................................ ...... 87
Idling stop system warning light ..... 72 Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing bulbs
Fuel level warning light ........................................ 66
....................................... .............. 274
Air bag system warning light ................. 42, 67
Car width bulbs ............................................ 271
Automatic light control warning light ............ 67
Click Sliding door outer courtesy light bulb
High water temperature warning light ........................................... 69
........................................... .......... 276
air pressure ............................... 335, 337, 339, 341 Seat belt non-wearing warning light ....................... 65
Brake lights / tail light bulb .................................... 273
index Grab rail ................................................ . 3 Charge warning lights ....................................... 64, 317
Second, third seat interior light bulb ....... 277
Creep phenomenon ............................................. 214 Starter system warning light ....................... 70
Front turn signal / front very flashing bulbs
grip................................................. ... 297 Select position P move warning light .............. 70
....................................... .............. 271
Cruise control ............................... 224 Tailgate opening and closing warning light .......................... 68
Side direction indicator / side very flashing bulbs
Cruise control indicator .................... 75 Door / tailgate open warning light ................. 68
....................................... .............. 273
Cruise main indicator .............................. 75 Door opening and closing warning light ........................................ 68
Tailgate lighting bulbs ........................ 278

344
High-mounted stop lamp bulb .......... 275 Third seat ......................................... 172 Jump start ...................................... 313

Vanity mirror lamp bulb ..................... 279 A second sheet ..................................... 167 Charge warning light ........................................... 64, 317

Number bulbs ............................................. 275 Front seat ..................................... 164 Instantaneous fuel consumption display ......................................... 91, 94

Tail light bulb ................................................ 275 Headrest ......................................... 175 specification................................... 334, 336, 338, 340

Fog light bulbs .................................. 272 Heated seats ......................................... 189 The impact sensing door unlock system .............. 124

Front seat interior light bulb ..................... 277 Seat belt .............................................. twenty four Collision mitigation brake (CMBS) ........................ 245

Front door opening and closing bulbs ........................ 279 E- pretensioner ................................. 27 CMBS warning light ........................................... 70

Headlight bulb .................................. 269 Anchor Point .................................... 33 Shoulder anchor ..................................... 29

Wiper blade rubber ........................ 280 Wearing of seat belt ................................. 28

Tool ................................................. ......... 297 Inspection of seat belt ................................. 32


Scan
High water temperature warning light .............................................. . 69 Seat belt non-wearing warning lamp ...................... 65
Switch operation
Automatic air conditioner ............................... for the rear seat 198 Seat belt pre-tensioners ............... 26
ENGINE START / STOP switch ............ 147
Rear seat cooler ......................................... 200 Seat belt reminder ...................... twenty five
Active cornering light .............. 153
Cruising distance display .................................. 91, 95 How the seat belt wearing of pregnant women
Illumination control .............. 159
Retreat unloading support ...................................... 253 ........................................ . 32
Engine switch ................................... 151
Coat hook ............................................. 186 Separation retractable seat belt .......................... 30
Fog light switch ............................ 155
Setting ............................................... of time . 109
Headlight leveling dial ........... 156
Equipment ............................................... room . 183
Support Direction indicator (blinker switch) ........... 152
Interior light ................................................ ....... 180
Service diagnostic recording device ................................. 19 Light switch ...................................... 154
City brake active system .......... 237
Disclosure of data ............................. 20 Rear defroster switch ..................... 160
City brake active indicator ................ 77
Side air bag ........................................ 38 Wiper / washer .......................... 157
Shift operation ................................................ 215
Side curtain air bag .......................... 40 Starter system warning light ........................... 70
Cleaning ............................................... of the outside of the vehicle . 293

Sunglasses box ................................... 187 Steering ............................................. 160 index


Jack ........................................... 297, 308
Sun visor................................................ . 3 Snow tires ............................................. 286
Jack handle bar ............................... 297
Spark plug.................. 334, 336, 338, 340
Jack handle
Speedometer ........................................ 87
(Wheel nut wrench) .......................... 297
Shea
Sliding door window sunshade ....... 188
Cleaning ............................................... of car . 291
Regulation ............................................. of sheet 164
Car width lamp ............................................... ........ 271
Armrest ......................................... 178

345
Opening and closing of the slide door ........................... 131, 132 Stop display plate fixing belt ............................... 190
Data
Door / tailgate open warning light .................. 68 Low water temperature indicator light .............................................. 76
tire................................................. ...... 283
Door opening and closing warning light ........................................ 68 Defroster ............................................ 195
Wear indicator ........................... 284
Rear defroster switch .................... 160
Specified air pressure ..................... 335, 337, 339, 341
Spark plug ........................ 334, 336, 338, 340
Se Inspection of the tire ......................................... 283
Electronically controlled brake assist ........................ 235
Rotation of the tire ........................ 285
cleaning................................................. .......... 291
Battery replacement ................................................ ... 287
Winter tire ......................................... 286
Brake lights ................................................ ....... 273
Punk ................................................. .. 298
A second sheet
Second seat headrest .................. 175 tire chain ......................................... 286 Door
Second premium cradle seat ....... 169 Tachometer ............................................... 87
Locking of the door and unlocking ...................................... 111

Second bench seat ............................... 167 Honda smart key ..................... 111, 112
Security system ............................... 140 Key ................................................. ..... 111
Ji
Immobilizer system ........................ 140 Prevention device ........................... confinement key 120
chain................................................. ... 286
Security alarm system .............. 140 Key number tag .................................. 113
child seat........................................ 44
Select / Reset knob ........................ 89, 159 Kind of keys function .................................. 111
junior seat........................................ 58
Select position ................................... 215 Keyless Entry....................... 112, 115
Child seat .......................... of infant 46
Select position indicator ............... 76, 216 Keyless entry integrated key ................. 111
Infant child seat .......................... 47
Select position P move warning light ................. 70 ..... the door is not opened in the keyless entry 18
Child proof .................................. one two three
Select lever Rear door does not open ................................. 17
Parking and stopping operation ............................................... . 251
..................... the select lever does not move 315 Locking / unlocking ...................... of the door at the outside of the vehicle 115

Operation of the select lever ............................ 216 Locking / unlocking ................................ in the car 121

Te Child proof ............................... one two three


index Tailgate lighting .................................. 182 Tailgate opening and closing warning light .......................... 68
Seo
Replacing the light bulb ............................................. 278 Door / tailgate open warning light ................. 68
Side direction indicator / side very flashing bulbs
Opening and closing of the tail gate .................................. 130 Door opening and closing warning light ....................................... 68
....................................... .................. 273
................. when the tail gate does not open 332 door mirror................................................ 162

Tailgate opening and closing warning light .......................... 68 Winter tire ............................................ 286

Door / tailgate open warning light ................. 68 Snow tires ......................................... 286

346
tire chain...................................... 286 Opening and closing of the power sliding door ................. 131, 133
Na
clock ................................................. ........... 88 Door / tailgate open warning light .................. 68
Built-in key ........................................... 111, 112
Time setting of ............................................. 109 Door opening and closing warning light ........................................ 68
Navigation system ........................... separate volume
Top tether Anchorage .......................... 57 Power sliding door warning light ....................... 69

Top tether strap .............................. 57 Power mode ............................................. 147

trouble shooting Ne Power mode auto-off function .................. 148


If you open the driver's door buzzer sounds ......... 18 fuel.......................... 258, 334, 336, 338, 340 Power mode warning buzzer ........................ 148
........................... the engine does not start 310 Fuel gauge ................................................ ..... 87 Punk ................................................. ...... 298
Overheating the ............................... 316 Fuel level warning light ....................................... 66 handle................................................. ... 160

Key is 0 From ( q ..................... that does not turn to 17 Steering wheel position adjustment lever ............................ 160

Key is q From 0 ..................... that does not turn to 17 Handle operation indicator ..................................... 77
Ha
...... the door is not opened in the keyless entry 18 Handle lock .......................................... 151
Parking brake.................................. 232
Warning light lit / flashing was .......................... 317 General-purpose ISOFIX child seat .................. 51
The risk of exhaust gas ........................................ 60
........................... I'd like towing 329
High beam ................................................ 154
Rear door does not open ................................. 17
Light bulb exchange ............................................ 270 Heat
I want to jump start ........................ 313
High-beam indicator .................................... 73 Heated door mirrors ............................... 160
..................... the select lever does not move 315
High-mounted stop lamp .................... 275 Emergency flashing light switch ................... cover back tail light
.......................... the buzzer sounds when traveling 18
Hazard switch .............................. cover Back flares ............... ....................... .................................... 275
............................................. was punk 298
........................................ 297 fuse................................................. ... 320
Fuse blows .................................. 320
passing................................................ 154 Fuse of the installation location ....... 320, 322, 324, 326
Sound when stepping on the brake is ....................... 18
Starting auxiliary brake function ............................... 222 Fuse inspection and replacement ............................ 328
....................... to vibration and hit the brakes 17
battery Indicator light ................................................ ......... 73
Premium gasoline is used? ................ 18
Jump start .................................. 313 ACC indicator light .............................................. 76 index
Transmission warning light .......................... 65
Charge warning lights ...................................... 64, 317 ECON indicator ............................................ 76
Transmission fluid .......................... 334, 337, 339, 341
capacity............................... 334, 336, 338, 340 Idling stop indicator ............ 76, 219

Speech switch ................................................ 1 The immobilizer system indicator ................ 74


Trip meter .................................. 90, 94
Vanity mirror ............................................. 3 Information indicator ....................... 75
Drink holder...................................... 184
Opening and closing ........................... of power window 142 Cruise control indicator .................... 75

347
Cruise main indicator .............................. 75 Foot brake ...................................... 233 Headlight auto-off function .................... 154

City brake active indicator ............. 77 Brake warning light (red) .................. 62, 318 Headlight leveling dial .............. 156

Security alarm system actuation indicator lamp Brake system warning light (orange) ......... 63 Headrest
............................................ . 75 Sound when stepping on the brake is ....................... 18 Third seat ......................................... 176

Select position indicator ............... 76, 216 ....................... to vibration and hit the brakes 17 A second sheet ..................... 167, 169, 176

Low water temperature indicator ........................................... 76 Brake depression shortage indicator ....................... 77 Front seat ..................... 164, 165, 175

High-beam indicator ..................................... 73 Indicator light

Handle operation indicator ................................. 77 Brake depression shortage indicator ................... 77


Ho
Fog lights lighting display lights .......................... 73 Brake fluid.............. 334, 337, 339, 341
Horn switch ............................................. 1
Direction indicator / very flashing indicator ..................... 73 Brake warning light (red) .................. 62, 318
Wheel size ................. 335, 337, 339, 341
Light lit indicator ..................................... 73 Brake system
Wheel nut wrench (jack handle) ................................ 297
Emergency stop signal ....... 236

Front seat ......................................... 164


Full Direction indicator (blinker switch) .............. 152
Front seat headrests ....................... 164, 165, 175
Booster cable ................................... 313 Direction indicator / very flashing indicator ..................... 73

Fog lights Front wiper ...................................... 157


Replacing the light bulb ............................................. 272
Ma
Fog light switch ............................ 155
F Minus driver.................................. 297
Fog lights lighting display lights .......................... 73
Master door lock switch .................... 122
buzzer The average vehicle speed display ............................................... 95

Map lamp ............................................ 181


If you open the driver's door buzzer sounds ......... 18 The average fuel consumption display ......................................... 91, 94

Multi-information display ..... 92


.......................... the buzzer sounds when traveling 18 Headlight............................................. 154
Warning message ....................................... 81
Open how ..................... of the fuel lid 258 Overtaking signal (passing) ........................... 154

index Blind Spot Information .... 229 Replacing the light bulb (high beam) ........................ 270

Blind Spot Information warning light Replacing the light bulb (low beam) ........................ 269
Mi
............................................. ....... 72 High beam ............................................. 154
mirror................................................. ...... 161
Brake system ...................................... 232 High-beam indicator .................................... 73
Door mirror ............................................ 162
ABS (anti-lock brake system) .... 234 Light lit indicator .................................... 73
Vanity mirror ......................................... 3
Electronically controlled brake assist ..................... 235 Low beam ............................................. 154
Room mirror ......................................... 161
Parking brake ............................... 232

348
Front seat interior light bulb ..................... 277
Menu La
Front door opening and closing bulbs ........................ 279
Meter ................................................. ..... 87 Light switch ......................................... 154
Headlight bulb ................................... 269
Information display ............ 89 Overtaking signal (passing) ........................... 154
radiator............................................. 316
Speedometer .................................... 87 High beam ............................................ 154

Tachometer ........................................... 87 High-beam indicator .................................... 73

Fuel gauge ................................................ ..... 87 Light lit indicator .................................... 73 Li


Multi-information Low beam ............................................ 154
Reserve tank.......................................... 316
display ......................................... 92 Inspection of light acids and maintenance ............................... 269
Lift-up tray ................................... 183
maintenance Active cornering light bulb ....... 271
Rear defroster switch ......................... 160
Honda smart key .............................. 287 Cargo space lighting bulbs .................... 278
Rear wide camera system ......................... 257
Air conditioning of care ............................... 289 Reversing lights bulbs ............................................ 276
Rear wiper ............................................. 158
Maintenance in the engine room .......... 266 Rear side bulbs ..................................... 275
cleaning................................................. ...... 291 Rear turn signal / rear emergency flashing bulbs
Inspection and maintenance of tire ............................... 283 ....................................... .............. 274 Le
Notes on maintenance .............. 265 Car width bulbs ............................................ 271 Room mirror ............................................. 161
.......... in order to carry out safe maintenance 264 Sliding door outer courtesy light bulb
Inspection of light acids and maintenance ........................... 269 ........................................... .......... 276
Les
Maintenance .... and inspection of the wiper blade rubber 280 Brake lights / tail light bulb .................................... 273
Cooling water ................................................ ....... 316
Second, third seat interior light bulb ....... 277
overheat...................................... 316
Front turn signal / front very flashing bulbs
Mode High water temperature warning light ........................................... 69
....................................... .............. 271
Mode switching (air-conditioned) ........................ 192 Low water temperature indicator ........................................... 76
Side direction indicator / side very flashing bulbs
....................................... .............. 273 Supply ................................................. ...... 316
index
Tailgate lighting bulbs ........................ 278
Yu
High-mounted stop lamp bulb .......... 275
Hydraulic warning light .......................................... 64, 317 Russia
Vanity mirror lamp bulb .................... 279
Low beam ................................................. 154
Number bulbs ............................................ 275
Replacing the light bulb ............................................. 269
Tail light bulb ................................................ 275
Lower Anchorage ........................................ 55
Fog light bulbs .................................. 272

349
Wa
Wiper / washer .............................. 157

Wiper blade rubber ............................ 280

index

350
Contact us about your car, consultation, first of all, please do not hesitate to consult your Honda dealer. From the follow
ing address it is possible to find the latest Honda dealer. Honda Homepage http://www.honda.co.jp/

(Please enter the "dealer" in the search box at the Honda home page)

From a mobile phone, please refer to the mobile phone for the Honda website.

http://dream.honda.co.jp/dealerlocator/
※: If you have a QR code reading function of the mobile phone, please use the right of the QR code.
To get started, please check your mobile phone user's manual you have. QR Code is a registered
trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.

Contact Us, the consultation, we will receive in the country a common toll-free any customer service center below.

Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Customer Service Center

Toll-free 0120-112010

Hours 9:00 to 12:00 13:00 to 17:00


Yubinbango351-0188 Wako, Saitama Honcho 8-1

Location, please understand that, such as phone number may be changed.

When you contact in relation to your car is, precisely to our customers, in order to expedite our ability to support us, in advance, I have you

prepared a car verification of your car at hand, Please check the following matters, consultation Please give me.

① car verification Matters: vehicle model, chassis number, engine model, registration number, registration date ② model

name, type name, mileage ③ purchase date ④ dealer name

You might also like